1 | /************************************************* |
2 | * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * |
3 | *************************************************/ |
4 | |
5 | /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax |
6 | and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. |
7 | |
8 | Written by Philip Hazel |
9 | Copyright (c) 1997-2018 University of Cambridge |
10 | |
11 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
12 | Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
13 | modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: |
14 | |
15 | * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, |
16 | this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
17 | |
18 | * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
19 | notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the |
20 | documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. |
21 | |
22 | * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its |
23 | contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from |
24 | this software without specific prior written permission. |
25 | |
26 | THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" |
27 | AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
28 | IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE |
29 | ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE |
30 | LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR |
31 | CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF |
32 | SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS |
33 | INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN |
34 | CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) |
35 | ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE |
36 | POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
37 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
38 | */ |
39 | |
40 | /* This module contains pcre_exec(), the externally visible function that does |
41 | pattern matching using an NFA algorithm, trying to mimic Perl as closely as |
42 | possible. There are also some static supporting functions. */ |
43 | |
44 | #pragma warning( disable : 4127) // conditional expression is constant |
45 | #pragma warning( disable : 4244) // conversion from 'int' to 'unsigned short', possible loss of data |
46 | |
47 | #include "pcre_config.h" |
48 | |
49 | #define NLBLOCK md /* Block containing newline information */ |
50 | #define PSSTART start_subject /* Field containing processed string start */ |
51 | #define PSEND end_subject /* Field containing processed string end */ |
52 | |
53 | #include "pcre_internal.h" |
54 | |
55 | /* Undefine some potentially clashing cpp symbols */ |
56 | |
57 | #undef min |
58 | #undef max |
59 | |
60 | /* The md->capture_last field uses the lower 16 bits for the last captured |
61 | substring (which can never be greater than 65535) and a bit in the top half |
62 | to mean "capture vector overflowed". This odd way of doing things was |
63 | implemented when it was realized that preserving and restoring the overflow bit |
64 | whenever the last capture number was saved/restored made for a neater |
65 | interface, and doing it this way saved on (a) another variable, which would |
66 | have increased the stack frame size (a big NO-NO in PCRE) and (b) another |
67 | separate set of save/restore instructions. The following defines are used in |
68 | implementing this. */ |
69 | |
70 | #define CAPLMASK 0x0000ffff /* The bits used for last_capture */ |
71 | #define OVFLMASK 0xffff0000 /* The bits used for the overflow flag */ |
72 | #define OVFLBIT 0x00010000 /* The bit that is set for overflow */ |
73 | |
74 | /* Values for setting in md->match_function_type to indicate two special types |
75 | of call to match(). We do it this way to save on using another stack variable, |
76 | as stack usage is to be discouraged. */ |
77 | |
78 | #define MATCH_CONDASSERT 1 /* Called to check a condition assertion */ |
79 | #define MATCH_CBEGROUP 2 /* Could-be-empty unlimited repeat group */ |
80 | |
81 | /* Non-error returns from the match() function. Error returns are externally |
82 | defined PCRE_ERROR_xxx codes, which are all negative. */ |
83 | |
84 | #define MATCH_MATCH 1 |
85 | #define MATCH_NOMATCH 0 |
86 | |
87 | /* Special internal returns from the match() function. Make them sufficiently |
88 | negative to avoid the external error codes. */ |
89 | |
90 | #define MATCH_ACCEPT (-999) |
91 | #define MATCH_KETRPOS (-998) |
92 | #define MATCH_ONCE (-997) |
93 | /* The next 5 must be kept together and in sequence so that a test that checks |
94 | for any one of them can use a range. */ |
95 | #define MATCH_COMMIT (-996) |
96 | #define MATCH_PRUNE (-995) |
97 | #define MATCH_SKIP (-994) |
98 | #define MATCH_SKIP_ARG (-993) |
99 | #define MATCH_THEN (-992) |
100 | #define MATCH_BACKTRACK_MAX MATCH_THEN |
101 | #define MATCH_BACKTRACK_MIN MATCH_COMMIT |
102 | |
103 | /* Maximum number of ints of offset to save on the stack for recursive calls. |
104 | If the offset vector is bigger, malloc is used. This should be a multiple of 3, |
105 | because the offset vector is always a multiple of 3 long. */ |
106 | |
107 | #define REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX 30 |
108 | |
109 | /* Min and max values for the common repeats; for the maxima, 0 => infinity */ |
110 | |
111 | static const char rep_min[] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, }; |
112 | static const char rep_max[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, }; |
113 | |
114 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
115 | /************************************************* |
116 | * Debugging function to print chars * |
117 | *************************************************/ |
118 | |
119 | /* Print a sequence of chars in printable format, stopping at the end of the |
120 | subject if the requested. |
121 | |
122 | Arguments: |
123 | p points to characters |
124 | length number to print |
125 | is_subject TRUE if printing from within md->start_subject |
126 | md pointer to matching data block, if is_subject is TRUE |
127 | |
128 | Returns: nothing |
129 | */ |
130 | |
131 | static void |
132 | pchars(const pcre_uchar *p, int length, BOOL is_subject, match_data *md) |
133 | { |
134 | pcre_uint32 c; |
135 | BOOL utf = md->utf; |
136 | if (is_subject && length > md->end_subject - p) length = md->end_subject - p; |
137 | while (length-- > 0) |
138 | if (isprint(c = UCHAR21INCTEST(p))) printf("%c" , (char)c); else printf("\\x{%02x}" , c); |
139 | } |
140 | #endif |
141 | |
142 | |
143 | |
144 | /************************************************* |
145 | * Match a back-reference * |
146 | *************************************************/ |
147 | |
148 | /* Normally, if a back reference hasn't been set, the length that is passed is |
149 | negative, so the match always fails. However, in JavaScript compatibility mode, |
150 | the length passed is zero. Note that in caseless UTF-8 mode, the number of |
151 | subject bytes matched may be different to the number of reference bytes. |
152 | |
153 | Arguments: |
154 | offset index into the offset vector |
155 | eptr pointer into the subject |
156 | length length of reference to be matched (number of bytes) |
157 | md points to match data block |
158 | caseless TRUE if caseless |
159 | |
160 | Returns: >= 0 the number of subject bytes matched |
161 | -1 no match |
162 | -2 partial match; always given if at end subject |
163 | */ |
164 | |
165 | static int |
166 | match_ref(int offset, register PCRE_PUCHAR eptr, int length, match_data *md, |
167 | BOOL caseless) |
168 | { |
169 | PCRE_PUCHAR eptr_start = eptr; |
170 | register PCRE_PUCHAR p = md->start_subject + md->offset_vector[offset]; |
171 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined SUPPORT_UCP |
172 | BOOL utf = md->utf; |
173 | #endif |
174 | |
175 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
176 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
177 | printf("matching subject <null>" ); |
178 | else |
179 | { |
180 | printf("matching subject " ); |
181 | pchars(eptr, length, TRUE, md); |
182 | } |
183 | printf(" against backref " ); |
184 | pchars(p, length, FALSE, md); |
185 | printf("\n" ); |
186 | #endif |
187 | |
188 | /* Always fail if reference not set (and not JavaScript compatible - in that |
189 | case the length is passed as zero). */ |
190 | |
191 | if (length < 0) return -1; |
192 | |
193 | /* Separate the caseless case for speed. In UTF-8 mode we can only do this |
194 | properly if Unicode properties are supported. Otherwise, we can check only |
195 | ASCII characters. */ |
196 | |
197 | if (caseless) |
198 | { |
199 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined SUPPORT_UCP |
200 | if (utf) |
201 | { |
202 | /* Match characters up to the end of the reference. NOTE: the number of |
203 | data units matched may differ, because in UTF-8 there are some characters |
204 | whose upper and lower case versions code have different numbers of bytes. |
205 | For example, U+023A (2 bytes in UTF-8) is the upper case version of U+2C65 |
206 | (3 bytes in UTF-8); a sequence of 3 of the former uses 6 bytes, as does a |
207 | sequence of two of the latter. It is important, therefore, to check the |
208 | length along the reference, not along the subject (earlier code did this |
209 | wrong). */ |
210 | |
211 | PCRE_PUCHAR endptr = p + length; |
212 | while (p < endptr) |
213 | { |
214 | pcre_uint32 c, d; |
215 | const ucd_record *ur; |
216 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) return -2; /* Partial match */ |
217 | GETCHARINC(c, eptr); |
218 | GETCHARINC(d, p); |
219 | ur = GET_UCD(d); |
220 | if (c != d && c != d + ur->other_case) |
221 | { |
222 | const pcre_uint32 *pp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + ur->caseset; |
223 | for (;;) |
224 | { |
225 | if (c < *pp) return -1; |
226 | if (c == *pp++) break; |
227 | } |
228 | } |
229 | } |
230 | } |
231 | else |
232 | #endif |
233 | |
234 | /* The same code works when not in UTF-8 mode and in UTF-8 mode when there |
235 | is no UCP support. */ |
236 | { |
237 | while (length-- > 0) |
238 | { |
239 | pcre_uint32 cc, cp; |
240 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) return -2; /* Partial match */ |
241 | cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr); |
242 | cp = UCHAR21TEST(p); |
243 | if (TABLE_GET(cp, md->lcc, cp) != TABLE_GET(cc, md->lcc, cc)) return -1; |
244 | p++; |
245 | eptr++; |
246 | } |
247 | } |
248 | } |
249 | |
250 | /* In the caseful case, we can just compare the bytes, whether or not we |
251 | are in UTF-8 mode. */ |
252 | |
253 | else |
254 | { |
255 | while (length-- > 0) |
256 | { |
257 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) return -2; /* Partial match */ |
258 | if (UCHAR21INCTEST(p) != UCHAR21INCTEST(eptr)) return -1; |
259 | } |
260 | } |
261 | |
262 | return (int)(eptr - eptr_start); |
263 | } |
264 | |
265 | |
266 | |
267 | /*************************************************************************** |
268 | **************************************************************************** |
269 | RECURSION IN THE match() FUNCTION |
270 | |
271 | The match() function is highly recursive, though not every recursive call |
272 | increases the recursive depth. Nevertheless, some regular expressions can cause |
273 | it to recurse to a great depth. I was writing for Unix, so I just let it call |
274 | itself recursively. This uses the stack for saving everything that has to be |
275 | saved for a recursive call. On Unix, the stack can be large, and this works |
276 | fine. |
277 | |
278 | It turns out that on some non-Unix-like systems there are problems with |
279 | programs that use a lot of stack. (This despite the fact that every last chip |
280 | has oodles of memory these days, and techniques for extending the stack have |
281 | been known for decades.) So.... |
282 | |
283 | There is a fudge, triggered by defining NO_RECURSE, which avoids recursive |
284 | calls by keeping local variables that need to be preserved in blocks of memory |
285 | obtained from malloc() instead instead of on the stack. Macros are used to |
286 | achieve this so that the actual code doesn't look very different to what it |
287 | always used to. |
288 | |
289 | The original heap-recursive code used longjmp(). However, it seems that this |
290 | can be very slow on some operating systems. Following a suggestion from Stan |
291 | Switzer, the use of longjmp() has been abolished, at the cost of having to |
292 | provide a unique number for each call to RMATCH. There is no way of generating |
293 | a sequence of numbers at compile time in C. I have given them names, to make |
294 | them stand out more clearly. |
295 | |
296 | Crude tests on x86 Linux show a small speedup of around 5-8%. However, on |
297 | FreeBSD, avoiding longjmp() more than halves the time taken to run the standard |
298 | tests. Furthermore, not using longjmp() means that local dynamic variables |
299 | don't have indeterminate values; this has meant that the frame size can be |
300 | reduced because the result can be "passed back" by straight setting of the |
301 | variable instead of being passed in the frame. |
302 | **************************************************************************** |
303 | ***************************************************************************/ |
304 | |
305 | /* Numbers for RMATCH calls. When this list is changed, the code at HEAP_RETURN |
306 | below must be updated in sync. */ |
307 | |
308 | enum { RM1=1, RM2, RM3, RM4, RM5, RM6, RM7, RM8, RM9, RM10, |
309 | RM11, RM12, RM13, RM14, RM15, RM16, RM17, RM18, RM19, RM20, |
310 | RM21, RM22, RM23, RM24, RM25, RM26, RM27, RM28, RM29, RM30, |
311 | RM31, RM32, RM33, RM34, RM35, RM36, RM37, RM38, RM39, RM40, |
312 | RM41, RM42, RM43, RM44, RM45, RM46, RM47, RM48, RM49, RM50, |
313 | RM51, RM52, RM53, RM54, RM55, RM56, RM57, RM58, RM59, RM60, |
314 | RM61, RM62, RM63, RM64, RM65, RM66, RM67 }; |
315 | |
316 | /* These versions of the macros use the stack, as normal. There are debugging |
317 | versions and production versions. Note that the "rw" argument of RMATCH isn't |
318 | actually used in this definition. */ |
319 | |
320 | #ifndef NO_RECURSE |
321 | #define REGISTER register |
322 | |
323 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
324 | #define RMATCH(ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rw) \ |
325 | { \ |
326 | printf("match() called in line %d\n", __LINE__); \ |
327 | rrc = match(ra,rb,mstart,rc,rd,re,rdepth+1); \ |
328 | printf("to line %d\n", __LINE__); \ |
329 | } |
330 | #define RRETURN(ra) \ |
331 | { \ |
332 | printf("match() returned %d from line %d\n", ra, __LINE__); \ |
333 | return ra; \ |
334 | } |
335 | #else |
336 | #define RMATCH(ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rw) \ |
337 | rrc = match(ra,rb,mstart,rc,rd,re,rdepth+1) |
338 | #define RRETURN(ra) return ra |
339 | #endif |
340 | |
341 | #else |
342 | |
343 | |
344 | /* These versions of the macros manage a private stack on the heap. Note that |
345 | the "rd" argument of RMATCH isn't actually used in this definition. It's the md |
346 | argument of match(), which never changes. */ |
347 | |
348 | #define REGISTER |
349 | |
350 | #define RMATCH(ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rw)\ |
351 | {\ |
352 | heapframe *newframe = frame->Xnextframe;\ |
353 | if (newframe == NULL)\ |
354 | {\ |
355 | newframe = (heapframe *)(PUBL(stack_malloc))(sizeof(heapframe));\ |
356 | if (newframe == NULL) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY);\ |
357 | newframe->Xnextframe = NULL;\ |
358 | frame->Xnextframe = newframe;\ |
359 | }\ |
360 | frame->Xwhere = rw;\ |
361 | newframe->Xeptr = ra;\ |
362 | newframe->Xecode = rb;\ |
363 | newframe->Xmstart = mstart;\ |
364 | newframe->Xoffset_top = rc;\ |
365 | newframe->Xeptrb = re;\ |
366 | newframe->Xrdepth = frame->Xrdepth + 1;\ |
367 | newframe->Xprevframe = frame;\ |
368 | frame = newframe;\ |
369 | DPRINTF(("restarting from line %d\n", __LINE__));\ |
370 | goto HEAP_RECURSE;\ |
371 | L_##rw:\ |
372 | DPRINTF(("jumped back to line %d\n", __LINE__));\ |
373 | } |
374 | |
375 | #define RRETURN(ra)\ |
376 | {\ |
377 | heapframe *oldframe = frame;\ |
378 | frame = oldframe->Xprevframe;\ |
379 | if (frame != NULL)\ |
380 | {\ |
381 | rrc = ra;\ |
382 | goto HEAP_RETURN;\ |
383 | }\ |
384 | return ra;\ |
385 | } |
386 | |
387 | |
388 | /* Structure for remembering the local variables in a private frame */ |
389 | |
390 | typedef struct heapframe { |
391 | struct heapframe *Xprevframe; |
392 | struct heapframe *Xnextframe; |
393 | |
394 | /* Function arguments that may change */ |
395 | |
396 | PCRE_PUCHAR Xeptr; |
397 | const pcre_uchar *Xecode; |
398 | PCRE_PUCHAR Xmstart; |
399 | int Xoffset_top; |
400 | eptrblock *Xeptrb; |
401 | unsigned int Xrdepth; |
402 | |
403 | /* Function local variables */ |
404 | |
405 | PCRE_PUCHAR Xcallpat; |
406 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
407 | PCRE_PUCHAR Xcharptr; |
408 | #endif |
409 | PCRE_PUCHAR Xdata; |
410 | PCRE_PUCHAR Xnext; |
411 | PCRE_PUCHAR Xpp; |
412 | PCRE_PUCHAR Xprev; |
413 | PCRE_PUCHAR Xsaved_eptr; |
414 | |
415 | recursion_info Xnew_recursive; |
416 | |
417 | BOOL Xcur_is_word; |
418 | BOOL Xcondition; |
419 | BOOL Xprev_is_word; |
420 | |
421 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
422 | int Xprop_type; |
423 | unsigned int Xprop_value; |
424 | int Xprop_fail_result; |
425 | int Xoclength; |
426 | pcre_uchar Xocchars[6]; |
427 | #endif |
428 | |
429 | int Xcodelink; |
430 | int Xctype; |
431 | unsigned int Xfc; |
432 | int Xfi; |
433 | int Xlength; |
434 | int Xmax; |
435 | int Xmin; |
436 | unsigned int Xnumber; |
437 | int Xoffset; |
438 | unsigned int Xop; |
439 | pcre_int32 Xsave_capture_last; |
440 | int Xsave_offset1, Xsave_offset2, Xsave_offset3; |
441 | int Xstacksave[REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX]; |
442 | |
443 | eptrblock Xnewptrb; |
444 | |
445 | /* Where to jump back to */ |
446 | |
447 | int Xwhere; |
448 | |
449 | } heapframe; |
450 | |
451 | #endif |
452 | |
453 | |
454 | /*************************************************************************** |
455 | ***************************************************************************/ |
456 | |
457 | |
458 | |
459 | /************************************************* |
460 | * Match from current position * |
461 | *************************************************/ |
462 | |
463 | /* This function is called recursively in many circumstances. Whenever it |
464 | returns a negative (error) response, the outer incarnation must also return the |
465 | same response. */ |
466 | |
467 | /* These macros pack up tests that are used for partial matching, and which |
468 | appear several times in the code. We set the "hit end" flag if the pointer is |
469 | at the end of the subject and also past the start of the subject (i.e. |
470 | something has been matched). For hard partial matching, we then return |
471 | immediately. The second one is used when we already know we are past the end of |
472 | the subject. */ |
473 | |
474 | #define CHECK_PARTIAL()\ |
475 | if (md->partial != 0 && eptr >= md->end_subject && \ |
476 | eptr > md->start_used_ptr) \ |
477 | { \ |
478 | md->hitend = TRUE; \ |
479 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); \ |
480 | } |
481 | |
482 | #define SCHECK_PARTIAL()\ |
483 | if (md->partial != 0 && eptr > md->start_used_ptr) \ |
484 | { \ |
485 | md->hitend = TRUE; \ |
486 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); \ |
487 | } |
488 | |
489 | |
490 | /* Performance note: It might be tempting to extract commonly used fields from |
491 | the md structure (e.g. utf, end_subject) into individual variables to improve |
492 | performance. Tests using gcc on a SPARC disproved this; in the first case, it |
493 | made performance worse. |
494 | |
495 | Arguments: |
496 | eptr pointer to current character in subject |
497 | ecode pointer to current position in compiled code |
498 | mstart pointer to the current match start position (can be modified |
499 | by encountering \K) |
500 | offset_top current top pointer |
501 | md pointer to "static" info for the match |
502 | eptrb pointer to chain of blocks containing eptr at start of |
503 | brackets - for testing for empty matches |
504 | rdepth the recursion depth |
505 | |
506 | Returns: MATCH_MATCH if matched ) these values are >= 0 |
507 | MATCH_NOMATCH if failed to match ) |
508 | a negative MATCH_xxx value for PRUNE, SKIP, etc |
509 | a negative PCRE_ERROR_xxx value if aborted by an error condition |
510 | (e.g. stopped by repeated call or recursion limit) |
511 | */ |
512 | |
513 | static int |
514 | match(REGISTER PCRE_PUCHAR eptr, REGISTER const pcre_uchar *ecode, |
515 | PCRE_PUCHAR mstart, int offset_top, match_data *md, eptrblock *eptrb, |
516 | unsigned int rdepth) |
517 | { |
518 | /* These variables do not need to be preserved over recursion in this function, |
519 | so they can be ordinary variables in all cases. Mark some of them with |
520 | "register" because they are used a lot in loops. */ |
521 | |
522 | register int rrc; /* Returns from recursive calls */ |
523 | register int i; /* Used for loops not involving calls to RMATCH() */ |
524 | register pcre_uint32 c; /* Character values not kept over RMATCH() calls */ |
525 | register BOOL utf; /* Local copy of UTF flag for speed */ |
526 | |
527 | BOOL minimize, possessive; /* Quantifier options */ |
528 | BOOL caseless; |
529 | int condcode; |
530 | |
531 | /* When recursion is not being used, all "local" variables that have to be |
532 | preserved over calls to RMATCH() are part of a "frame". We set up the top-level |
533 | frame on the stack here; subsequent instantiations are obtained from the heap |
534 | whenever RMATCH() does a "recursion". See the macro definitions above. Putting |
535 | the top-level on the stack rather than malloc-ing them all gives a performance |
536 | boost in many cases where there is not much "recursion". */ |
537 | |
538 | #ifdef NO_RECURSE |
539 | heapframe *frame = (heapframe *)md->match_frames_base; |
540 | |
541 | /* Copy in the original argument variables */ |
542 | |
543 | frame->Xeptr = eptr; |
544 | frame->Xecode = ecode; |
545 | frame->Xmstart = mstart; |
546 | frame->Xoffset_top = offset_top; |
547 | frame->Xeptrb = eptrb; |
548 | frame->Xrdepth = rdepth; |
549 | |
550 | /* This is where control jumps back to to effect "recursion" */ |
551 | |
552 | HEAP_RECURSE: |
553 | |
554 | /* Macros make the argument variables come from the current frame */ |
555 | |
556 | #define eptr frame->Xeptr |
557 | #define ecode frame->Xecode |
558 | #define mstart frame->Xmstart |
559 | #define offset_top frame->Xoffset_top |
560 | #define eptrb frame->Xeptrb |
561 | #define rdepth frame->Xrdepth |
562 | |
563 | /* Ditto for the local variables */ |
564 | |
565 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
566 | #define charptr frame->Xcharptr |
567 | #endif |
568 | #define callpat frame->Xcallpat |
569 | #define codelink frame->Xcodelink |
570 | #define data frame->Xdata |
571 | #define next frame->Xnext |
572 | #define pp frame->Xpp |
573 | #define prev frame->Xprev |
574 | #define saved_eptr frame->Xsaved_eptr |
575 | |
576 | #define new_recursive frame->Xnew_recursive |
577 | |
578 | #define cur_is_word frame->Xcur_is_word |
579 | #define condition frame->Xcondition |
580 | #define prev_is_word frame->Xprev_is_word |
581 | |
582 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
583 | #define prop_type frame->Xprop_type |
584 | #define prop_value frame->Xprop_value |
585 | #define prop_fail_result frame->Xprop_fail_result |
586 | #define oclength frame->Xoclength |
587 | #define occhars frame->Xocchars |
588 | #endif |
589 | |
590 | #define ctype frame->Xctype |
591 | #define fc frame->Xfc |
592 | #define fi frame->Xfi |
593 | #define length frame->Xlength |
594 | #define max frame->Xmax |
595 | #define min frame->Xmin |
596 | #define number frame->Xnumber |
597 | #define offset frame->Xoffset |
598 | #define op frame->Xop |
599 | #define save_capture_last frame->Xsave_capture_last |
600 | #define save_offset1 frame->Xsave_offset1 |
601 | #define save_offset2 frame->Xsave_offset2 |
602 | #define save_offset3 frame->Xsave_offset3 |
603 | #define stacksave frame->Xstacksave |
604 | |
605 | #define newptrb frame->Xnewptrb |
606 | |
607 | /* When recursion is being used, local variables are allocated on the stack and |
608 | get preserved during recursion in the normal way. In this environment, fi and |
609 | i, and fc and c, can be the same variables. */ |
610 | |
611 | #else /* NO_RECURSE not defined */ |
612 | #define fi i |
613 | #define fc c |
614 | |
615 | /* Many of the following variables are used only in small blocks of the code. |
616 | My normal style of coding would have declared them within each of those blocks. |
617 | However, in order to accommodate the version of this code that uses an external |
618 | "stack" implemented on the heap, it is easier to declare them all here, so the |
619 | declarations can be cut out in a block. The only declarations within blocks |
620 | below are for variables that do not have to be preserved over a recursive call |
621 | to RMATCH(). */ |
622 | |
623 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
624 | const pcre_uchar *charptr; |
625 | #endif |
626 | const pcre_uchar *callpat; |
627 | const pcre_uchar *data; |
628 | const pcre_uchar *next; |
629 | PCRE_PUCHAR pp; |
630 | const pcre_uchar *prev; |
631 | PCRE_PUCHAR saved_eptr; |
632 | |
633 | recursion_info new_recursive; |
634 | |
635 | BOOL cur_is_word; |
636 | BOOL condition; |
637 | BOOL prev_is_word; |
638 | |
639 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
640 | int prop_type; |
641 | unsigned int prop_value; |
642 | int prop_fail_result; |
643 | int oclength; |
644 | pcre_uchar occhars[6]; |
645 | #endif |
646 | |
647 | int codelink; |
648 | int ctype; |
649 | int length; |
650 | int max; |
651 | int min; |
652 | unsigned int number; |
653 | int offset; |
654 | unsigned int op; |
655 | pcre_int32 save_capture_last; |
656 | int save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3; |
657 | int stacksave[REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX]; |
658 | |
659 | eptrblock newptrb; |
660 | |
661 | /* There is a special fudge for calling match() in a way that causes it to |
662 | measure the size of its basic stack frame when the stack is being used for |
663 | recursion. The second argument (ecode) being NULL triggers this behaviour. It |
664 | cannot normally ever be NULL. The return is the negated value of the frame |
665 | size. */ |
666 | |
667 | if (ecode == NULL) |
668 | { |
669 | if (rdepth == 0) |
670 | return match((PCRE_PUCHAR)&rdepth, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, 1); |
671 | else |
672 | { |
673 | int len = (int)((char *)&rdepth - (char *)eptr); |
674 | return (len > 0)? -len : len; |
675 | } |
676 | } |
677 | #endif /* NO_RECURSE */ |
678 | |
679 | /* To save space on the stack and in the heap frame, I have doubled up on some |
680 | of the local variables that are used only in localised parts of the code, but |
681 | still need to be preserved over recursive calls of match(). These macros define |
682 | the alternative names that are used. */ |
683 | |
684 | #define allow_zero cur_is_word |
685 | #define cbegroup condition |
686 | #define code_offset codelink |
687 | #define condassert condition |
688 | #define matched_once prev_is_word |
689 | #define foc number |
690 | #define save_mark data |
691 | |
692 | /* These statements are here to stop the compiler complaining about unitialized |
693 | variables. */ |
694 | |
695 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
696 | prop_value = 0; |
697 | prop_fail_result = 0; |
698 | #endif |
699 | |
700 | |
701 | /* This label is used for tail recursion, which is used in a few cases even |
702 | when NO_RECURSE is not defined, in order to reduce the amount of stack that is |
703 | used. Thanks to Ian Taylor for noticing this possibility and sending the |
704 | original patch. */ |
705 | |
706 | TAIL_RECURSE: |
707 | |
708 | /* OK, now we can get on with the real code of the function. Recursive calls |
709 | are specified by the macro RMATCH and RRETURN is used to return. When |
710 | NO_RECURSE is *not* defined, these just turn into a recursive call to match() |
711 | and a "return", respectively (possibly with some debugging if PCRE_DEBUG is |
712 | defined). However, RMATCH isn't like a function call because it's quite a |
713 | complicated macro. It has to be used in one particular way. This shouldn't, |
714 | however, impact performance when true recursion is being used. */ |
715 | |
716 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
717 | utf = md->utf; /* Local copy of the flag */ |
718 | #else |
719 | utf = FALSE; |
720 | #endif |
721 | |
722 | /* First check that we haven't called match() too many times, or that we |
723 | haven't exceeded the recursive call limit. */ |
724 | |
725 | if (md->match_call_count++ >= md->match_limit) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT); |
726 | if (rdepth >= md->match_limit_recursion) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_RECURSIONLIMIT); |
727 | |
728 | /* At the start of a group with an unlimited repeat that may match an empty |
729 | string, the variable md->match_function_type is set to MATCH_CBEGROUP. It is |
730 | done this way to save having to use another function argument, which would take |
731 | up space on the stack. See also MATCH_CONDASSERT below. |
732 | |
733 | When MATCH_CBEGROUP is set, add the current subject pointer to the chain of |
734 | such remembered pointers, to be checked when we hit the closing ket, in order |
735 | to break infinite loops that match no characters. When match() is called in |
736 | other circumstances, don't add to the chain. The MATCH_CBEGROUP feature must |
737 | NOT be used with tail recursion, because the memory block that is used is on |
738 | the stack, so a new one may be required for each match(). */ |
739 | |
740 | if (md->match_function_type == MATCH_CBEGROUP) |
741 | { |
742 | newptrb.epb_saved_eptr = eptr; |
743 | newptrb.epb_prev = eptrb; |
744 | eptrb = &newptrb; |
745 | md->match_function_type = 0; |
746 | } |
747 | |
748 | /* Now start processing the opcodes. */ |
749 | |
750 | for (;;) |
751 | { |
752 | minimize = possessive = FALSE; |
753 | op = *ecode; |
754 | |
755 | switch(op) |
756 | { |
757 | case OP_MARK: |
758 | md->nomatch_mark = ecode + 2; |
759 | md->mark = NULL; /* In case previously set by assertion */ |
760 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top, md, |
761 | eptrb, RM55); |
762 | if ((rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) && |
763 | md->mark == NULL) md->mark = ecode + 2; |
764 | |
765 | /* A return of MATCH_SKIP_ARG means that matching failed at SKIP with an |
766 | argument, and we must check whether that argument matches this MARK's |
767 | argument. It is passed back in md->start_match_ptr (an overloading of that |
768 | variable). If it does match, we reset that variable to the current subject |
769 | position and return MATCH_SKIP. Otherwise, pass back the return code |
770 | unaltered. */ |
771 | |
772 | else if (rrc == MATCH_SKIP_ARG && |
773 | STRCMP_UC_UC_TEST(ecode + 2, md->start_match_ptr) == 0) |
774 | { |
775 | md->start_match_ptr = eptr; |
776 | RRETURN(MATCH_SKIP); |
777 | } |
778 | RRETURN(rrc); |
779 | |
780 | case OP_FAIL: |
781 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
782 | |
783 | case OP_COMMIT: |
784 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, |
785 | eptrb, RM52); |
786 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
787 | RRETURN(MATCH_COMMIT); |
788 | |
789 | case OP_PRUNE: |
790 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, |
791 | eptrb, RM51); |
792 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
793 | RRETURN(MATCH_PRUNE); |
794 | |
795 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
796 | md->nomatch_mark = ecode + 2; |
797 | md->mark = NULL; /* In case previously set by assertion */ |
798 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top, md, |
799 | eptrb, RM56); |
800 | if ((rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) && |
801 | md->mark == NULL) md->mark = ecode + 2; |
802 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
803 | RRETURN(MATCH_PRUNE); |
804 | |
805 | case OP_SKIP: |
806 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, |
807 | eptrb, RM53); |
808 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
809 | md->start_match_ptr = eptr; /* Pass back current position */ |
810 | RRETURN(MATCH_SKIP); |
811 | |
812 | /* Note that, for Perl compatibility, SKIP with an argument does NOT set |
813 | nomatch_mark. When a pattern match ends with a SKIP_ARG for which there was |
814 | not a matching mark, we have to re-run the match, ignoring the SKIP_ARG |
815 | that failed and any that precede it (either they also failed, or were not |
816 | triggered). To do this, we maintain a count of executed SKIP_ARGs. If a |
817 | SKIP_ARG gets to top level, the match is re-run with md->ignore_skip_arg |
818 | set to the count of the one that failed. */ |
819 | |
820 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
821 | md->skip_arg_count++; |
822 | if (md->skip_arg_count <= md->ignore_skip_arg) |
823 | { |
824 | ecode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1]; |
825 | break; |
826 | } |
827 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top, md, |
828 | eptrb, RM57); |
829 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
830 | |
831 | /* Pass back the current skip name by overloading md->start_match_ptr and |
832 | returning the special MATCH_SKIP_ARG return code. This will either be |
833 | caught by a matching MARK, or get to the top, where it causes a rematch |
834 | with md->ignore_skip_arg set to the value of md->skip_arg_count. */ |
835 | |
836 | md->start_match_ptr = ecode + 2; |
837 | RRETURN(MATCH_SKIP_ARG); |
838 | |
839 | /* For THEN (and THEN_ARG) we pass back the address of the opcode, so that |
840 | the branch in which it occurs can be determined. Overload the start of |
841 | match pointer to do this. */ |
842 | |
843 | case OP_THEN: |
844 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, |
845 | eptrb, RM54); |
846 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
847 | md->start_match_ptr = ecode; |
848 | RRETURN(MATCH_THEN); |
849 | |
850 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
851 | md->nomatch_mark = ecode + 2; |
852 | md->mark = NULL; /* In case previously set by assertion */ |
853 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top, |
854 | md, eptrb, RM58); |
855 | if ((rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) && |
856 | md->mark == NULL) md->mark = ecode + 2; |
857 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
858 | md->start_match_ptr = ecode; |
859 | RRETURN(MATCH_THEN); |
860 | |
861 | /* Handle an atomic group that does not contain any capturing parentheses. |
862 | This can be handled like an assertion. Prior to 8.13, all atomic groups |
863 | were handled this way. In 8.13, the code was changed as below for ONCE, so |
864 | that backups pass through the group and thereby reset captured values. |
865 | However, this uses a lot more stack, so in 8.20, atomic groups that do not |
866 | contain any captures generate OP_ONCE_NC, which can be handled in the old, |
867 | less stack intensive way. |
868 | |
869 | Check the alternative branches in turn - the matching won't pass the KET |
870 | for this kind of subpattern. If any one branch matches, we carry on as at |
871 | the end of a normal bracket, leaving the subject pointer, but resetting |
872 | the start-of-match value in case it was changed by \K. */ |
873 | |
874 | case OP_ONCE_NC: |
875 | prev = ecode; |
876 | saved_eptr = eptr; |
877 | save_mark = md->mark; |
878 | do |
879 | { |
880 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM64); |
881 | if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH) /* Note: _not_ MATCH_ACCEPT */ |
882 | { |
883 | mstart = md->start_match_ptr; |
884 | break; |
885 | } |
886 | if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) |
887 | { |
888 | next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); |
889 | if (md->start_match_ptr < next && |
890 | (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) |
891 | rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
892 | } |
893 | |
894 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
895 | ecode += GET(ecode,1); |
896 | md->mark = save_mark; |
897 | } |
898 | while (*ecode == OP_ALT); |
899 | |
900 | /* If hit the end of the group (which could be repeated), fail */ |
901 | |
902 | if (*ecode != OP_ONCE_NC && *ecode != OP_ALT) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
903 | |
904 | /* Continue as from after the group, updating the offsets high water |
905 | mark, since extracts may have been taken. */ |
906 | |
907 | do ecode += GET(ecode, 1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); |
908 | |
909 | offset_top = md->end_offset_top; |
910 | eptr = md->end_match_ptr; |
911 | |
912 | /* For a non-repeating ket, just continue at this level. This also |
913 | happens for a repeating ket if no characters were matched in the group. |
914 | This is the forcible breaking of infinite loops as implemented in Perl |
915 | 5.005. */ |
916 | |
917 | if (*ecode == OP_KET || eptr == saved_eptr) |
918 | { |
919 | ecode += 1+LINK_SIZE; |
920 | break; |
921 | } |
922 | |
923 | /* The repeating kets try the rest of the pattern or restart from the |
924 | preceding bracket, in the appropriate order. The second "call" of match() |
925 | uses tail recursion, to avoid using another stack frame. */ |
926 | |
927 | if (*ecode == OP_KETRMIN) |
928 | { |
929 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM65); |
930 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
931 | ecode = prev; |
932 | goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
933 | } |
934 | else /* OP_KETRMAX */ |
935 | { |
936 | RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM66); |
937 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
938 | ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
939 | goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
940 | } |
941 | /* Control never gets here */ |
942 | |
943 | /* Handle a capturing bracket, other than those that are possessive with an |
944 | unlimited repeat. If there is space in the offset vector, save the current |
945 | subject position in the working slot at the top of the vector. We mustn't |
946 | change the current values of the data slot, because they may be set from a |
947 | previous iteration of this group, and be referred to by a reference inside |
948 | the group. A failure to match might occur after the group has succeeded, |
949 | if something later on doesn't match. For this reason, we need to restore |
950 | the working value and also the values of the final offsets, in case they |
951 | were set by a previous iteration of the same bracket. |
952 | |
953 | If there isn't enough space in the offset vector, treat this as if it were |
954 | a non-capturing bracket. Don't worry about setting the flag for the error |
955 | case here; that is handled in the code for KET. */ |
956 | |
957 | case OP_CBRA: |
958 | case OP_SCBRA: |
959 | number = GET2(ecode, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
960 | offset = number << 1; |
961 | |
962 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
963 | printf("start bracket %d\n" , number); |
964 | printf("subject=" ); |
965 | pchars(eptr, 16, TRUE, md); |
966 | printf("\n" ); |
967 | #endif |
968 | |
969 | if (offset < md->offset_max) |
970 | { |
971 | save_offset1 = md->offset_vector[offset]; |
972 | save_offset2 = md->offset_vector[offset+1]; |
973 | save_offset3 = md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number]; |
974 | save_capture_last = md->capture_last; |
975 | save_mark = md->mark; |
976 | |
977 | DPRINTF(("saving %d %d %d\n" , save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3)); |
978 | md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = |
979 | (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); |
980 | |
981 | for (;;) |
982 | { |
983 | if (op >= OP_SBRA) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; |
984 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, |
985 | eptrb, RM1); |
986 | if (rrc == MATCH_ONCE) break; /* Backing up through an atomic group */ |
987 | |
988 | /* If we backed up to a THEN, check whether it is within the current |
989 | branch by comparing the address of the THEN that is passed back with |
990 | the end of the branch. If it is within the current branch, and the |
991 | branch is one of two or more alternatives (it either starts or ends |
992 | with OP_ALT), we have reached the limit of THEN's action, so convert |
993 | the return code to NOMATCH, which will cause normal backtracking to |
994 | happen from now on. Otherwise, THEN is passed back to an outer |
995 | alternative. This implements Perl's treatment of parenthesized groups, |
996 | where a group not containing | does not affect the current alternative, |
997 | that is, (X) is NOT the same as (X|(*F)). */ |
998 | |
999 | if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) |
1000 | { |
1001 | next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); |
1002 | if (md->start_match_ptr < next && |
1003 | (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) |
1004 | rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
1005 | } |
1006 | |
1007 | /* Anything other than NOMATCH is passed back. */ |
1008 | |
1009 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
1010 | md->capture_last = save_capture_last; |
1011 | ecode += GET(ecode, 1); |
1012 | md->mark = save_mark; |
1013 | if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break; |
1014 | } |
1015 | |
1016 | DPRINTF(("bracket %d failed\n" , number)); |
1017 | md->offset_vector[offset] = save_offset1; |
1018 | md->offset_vector[offset+1] = save_offset2; |
1019 | md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = save_offset3; |
1020 | |
1021 | /* At this point, rrc will be one of MATCH_ONCE or MATCH_NOMATCH. */ |
1022 | |
1023 | RRETURN(rrc); |
1024 | } |
1025 | |
1026 | /* FALL THROUGH ... Insufficient room for saving captured contents. Treat |
1027 | as a non-capturing bracket. */ |
1028 | |
1029 | /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */ |
1030 | /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */ |
1031 | |
1032 | DPRINTF(("insufficient capture room: treat as non-capturing\n" )); |
1033 | |
1034 | /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */ |
1035 | /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */ |
1036 | |
1037 | /* Non-capturing or atomic group, except for possessive with unlimited |
1038 | repeat and ONCE group with no captures. Loop for all the alternatives. |
1039 | |
1040 | When we get to the final alternative within the brackets, we used to return |
1041 | the result of a recursive call to match() whatever happened so it was |
1042 | possible to reduce stack usage by turning this into a tail recursion, |
1043 | except in the case of a possibly empty group. However, now that there is |
1044 | the possiblity of (*THEN) occurring in the final alternative, this |
1045 | optimization is no longer always possible. |
1046 | |
1047 | We can optimize if we know there are no (*THEN)s in the pattern; at present |
1048 | this is the best that can be done. |
1049 | |
1050 | MATCH_ONCE is returned when the end of an atomic group is successfully |
1051 | reached, but subsequent matching fails. It passes back up the tree (causing |
1052 | captured values to be reset) until the original atomic group level is |
1053 | reached. This is tested by comparing md->once_target with the start of the |
1054 | group. At this point, the return is converted into MATCH_NOMATCH so that |
1055 | previous backup points can be taken. */ |
1056 | |
1057 | case OP_ONCE: |
1058 | case OP_BRA: |
1059 | case OP_SBRA: |
1060 | DPRINTF(("start non-capturing bracket\n" )); |
1061 | |
1062 | for (;;) |
1063 | { |
1064 | if (op >= OP_SBRA || op == OP_ONCE) |
1065 | md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; |
1066 | |
1067 | /* If this is not a possibly empty group, and there are no (*THEN)s in |
1068 | the pattern, and this is the final alternative, optimize as described |
1069 | above. */ |
1070 | |
1071 | else if (!md->hasthen && ecode[GET(ecode, 1)] != OP_ALT) |
1072 | { |
1073 | ecode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode]; |
1074 | goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
1075 | } |
1076 | |
1077 | /* In all other cases, we have to make another call to match(). */ |
1078 | |
1079 | save_mark = md->mark; |
1080 | save_capture_last = md->capture_last; |
1081 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, eptrb, |
1082 | RM2); |
1083 | |
1084 | /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling |
1085 | THEN. */ |
1086 | |
1087 | if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) |
1088 | { |
1089 | next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); |
1090 | if (md->start_match_ptr < next && |
1091 | (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) |
1092 | rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
1093 | } |
1094 | |
1095 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) |
1096 | { |
1097 | if (rrc == MATCH_ONCE) |
1098 | { |
1099 | const pcre_uchar *scode = ecode; |
1100 | if (*scode != OP_ONCE) /* If not at start, find it */ |
1101 | { |
1102 | while (*scode == OP_ALT) scode += GET(scode, 1); |
1103 | scode -= GET(scode, 1); |
1104 | } |
1105 | if (md->once_target == scode) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
1106 | } |
1107 | RRETURN(rrc); |
1108 | } |
1109 | ecode += GET(ecode, 1); |
1110 | md->mark = save_mark; |
1111 | if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break; |
1112 | md->capture_last = save_capture_last; |
1113 | } |
1114 | |
1115 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1116 | |
1117 | /* Handle possessive capturing brackets with an unlimited repeat. We come |
1118 | here from BRAZERO with allow_zero set TRUE. The offset_vector values are |
1119 | handled similarly to the normal case above. However, the matching is |
1120 | different. The end of these brackets will always be OP_KETRPOS, which |
1121 | returns MATCH_KETRPOS without going further in the pattern. By this means |
1122 | we can handle the group by iteration rather than recursion, thereby |
1123 | reducing the amount of stack needed. */ |
1124 | |
1125 | case OP_CBRAPOS: |
1126 | case OP_SCBRAPOS: |
1127 | allow_zero = FALSE; |
1128 | |
1129 | POSSESSIVE_CAPTURE: |
1130 | number = GET2(ecode, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
1131 | offset = number << 1; |
1132 | |
1133 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
1134 | printf("start possessive bracket %d\n" , number); |
1135 | printf("subject=" ); |
1136 | pchars(eptr, 16, TRUE, md); |
1137 | printf("\n" ); |
1138 | #endif |
1139 | |
1140 | if (offset >= md->offset_max) goto POSSESSIVE_NON_CAPTURE; |
1141 | |
1142 | matched_once = FALSE; |
1143 | code_offset = (int)(ecode - md->start_code); |
1144 | |
1145 | save_offset1 = md->offset_vector[offset]; |
1146 | save_offset2 = md->offset_vector[offset+1]; |
1147 | save_offset3 = md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number]; |
1148 | save_capture_last = md->capture_last; |
1149 | |
1150 | DPRINTF(("saving %d %d %d\n" , save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3)); |
1151 | |
1152 | /* Each time round the loop, save the current subject position for use |
1153 | when the group matches. For MATCH_MATCH, the group has matched, so we |
1154 | restart it with a new subject starting position, remembering that we had |
1155 | at least one match. For MATCH_NOMATCH, carry on with the alternatives, as |
1156 | usual. If we haven't matched any alternatives in any iteration, check to |
1157 | see if a previous iteration matched. If so, the group has matched; |
1158 | continue from afterwards. Otherwise it has failed; restore the previous |
1159 | capture values before returning NOMATCH. */ |
1160 | |
1161 | for (;;) |
1162 | { |
1163 | md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = |
1164 | (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); |
1165 | if (op >= OP_SBRA) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; |
1166 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, |
1167 | eptrb, RM63); |
1168 | if (rrc == MATCH_KETRPOS) |
1169 | { |
1170 | offset_top = md->end_offset_top; |
1171 | ecode = md->start_code + code_offset; |
1172 | save_capture_last = md->capture_last; |
1173 | matched_once = TRUE; |
1174 | mstart = md->start_match_ptr; /* In case \K changed it */ |
1175 | if (eptr == md->end_match_ptr) /* Matched an empty string */ |
1176 | { |
1177 | do ecode += GET(ecode, 1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); |
1178 | break; |
1179 | } |
1180 | eptr = md->end_match_ptr; |
1181 | continue; |
1182 | } |
1183 | |
1184 | /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling |
1185 | THEN. */ |
1186 | |
1187 | if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) |
1188 | { |
1189 | next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); |
1190 | if (md->start_match_ptr < next && |
1191 | (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) |
1192 | rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
1193 | } |
1194 | |
1195 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
1196 | md->capture_last = save_capture_last; |
1197 | ecode += GET(ecode, 1); |
1198 | if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break; |
1199 | } |
1200 | |
1201 | if (!matched_once) |
1202 | { |
1203 | md->offset_vector[offset] = save_offset1; |
1204 | md->offset_vector[offset+1] = save_offset2; |
1205 | md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = save_offset3; |
1206 | } |
1207 | |
1208 | if (allow_zero || matched_once) |
1209 | { |
1210 | ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1211 | break; |
1212 | } |
1213 | |
1214 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1215 | |
1216 | /* Non-capturing possessive bracket with unlimited repeat. We come here |
1217 | from BRAZERO with allow_zero = TRUE. The code is similar to the above, |
1218 | without the capturing complication. It is written out separately for speed |
1219 | and cleanliness. */ |
1220 | |
1221 | case OP_BRAPOS: |
1222 | case OP_SBRAPOS: |
1223 | allow_zero = FALSE; |
1224 | |
1225 | POSSESSIVE_NON_CAPTURE: |
1226 | matched_once = FALSE; |
1227 | code_offset = (int)(ecode - md->start_code); |
1228 | save_capture_last = md->capture_last; |
1229 | |
1230 | for (;;) |
1231 | { |
1232 | if (op >= OP_SBRA) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; |
1233 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, |
1234 | eptrb, RM48); |
1235 | if (rrc == MATCH_KETRPOS) |
1236 | { |
1237 | offset_top = md->end_offset_top; |
1238 | ecode = md->start_code + code_offset; |
1239 | matched_once = TRUE; |
1240 | mstart = md->start_match_ptr; /* In case \K reset it */ |
1241 | if (eptr == md->end_match_ptr) /* Matched an empty string */ |
1242 | { |
1243 | do ecode += GET(ecode, 1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); |
1244 | break; |
1245 | } |
1246 | eptr = md->end_match_ptr; |
1247 | continue; |
1248 | } |
1249 | |
1250 | /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling |
1251 | THEN. */ |
1252 | |
1253 | if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) |
1254 | { |
1255 | next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); |
1256 | if (md->start_match_ptr < next && |
1257 | (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) |
1258 | rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
1259 | } |
1260 | |
1261 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
1262 | ecode += GET(ecode, 1); |
1263 | if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break; |
1264 | md->capture_last = save_capture_last; |
1265 | } |
1266 | |
1267 | if (matched_once || allow_zero) |
1268 | { |
1269 | ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1270 | break; |
1271 | } |
1272 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1273 | |
1274 | /* Control never reaches here. */ |
1275 | |
1276 | /* Conditional group: compilation checked that there are no more than two |
1277 | branches. If the condition is false, skipping the first branch takes us |
1278 | past the end of the item if there is only one branch, but that's exactly |
1279 | what we want. */ |
1280 | |
1281 | case OP_COND: |
1282 | case OP_SCOND: |
1283 | |
1284 | /* The variable codelink will be added to ecode when the condition is |
1285 | false, to get to the second branch. Setting it to the offset to the ALT |
1286 | or KET, then incrementing ecode achieves this effect. We now have ecode |
1287 | pointing to the condition or callout. */ |
1288 | |
1289 | codelink = GET(ecode, 1); /* Offset to the second branch */ |
1290 | ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* From this opcode */ |
1291 | |
1292 | /* Because of the way auto-callout works during compile, a callout item is |
1293 | inserted between OP_COND and an assertion condition. */ |
1294 | |
1295 | if (*ecode == OP_CALLOUT) |
1296 | { |
1297 | if (PUBL(callout) != NULL) |
1298 | { |
1299 | PUBL(callout_block) cb; |
1300 | cb.version = 2; /* Version 1 of the callout block */ |
1301 | cb.callout_number = ecode[1]; |
1302 | cb.offset_vector = md->offset_vector; |
1303 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
1304 | cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR)md->start_subject; |
1305 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
1306 | cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR16)md->start_subject; |
1307 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
1308 | cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR32)md->start_subject; |
1309 | #endif |
1310 | cb.subject_length = (int)(md->end_subject - md->start_subject); |
1311 | cb.start_match = (int)(mstart - md->start_subject); |
1312 | cb.current_position = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); |
1313 | cb.pattern_position = GET(ecode, 2); |
1314 | cb.next_item_length = GET(ecode, 2 + LINK_SIZE); |
1315 | cb.capture_top = offset_top/2; |
1316 | cb.capture_last = md->capture_last & CAPLMASK; |
1317 | /* Internal change requires this for API compatibility. */ |
1318 | if (cb.capture_last == 0) cb.capture_last = -1; |
1319 | cb.callout_data = md->callout_data; |
1320 | cb.mark = md->nomatch_mark; |
1321 | if ((rrc = (*PUBL(callout))(&cb)) > 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1322 | if (rrc < 0) RRETURN(rrc); |
1323 | } |
1324 | |
1325 | /* Advance ecode past the callout, so it now points to the condition. We |
1326 | must adjust codelink so that the value of ecode+codelink is unchanged. */ |
1327 | |
1328 | ecode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT]; |
1329 | codelink -= PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT]; |
1330 | } |
1331 | |
1332 | /* Test the various possible conditions */ |
1333 | |
1334 | condition = FALSE; |
1335 | switch(condcode = *ecode) |
1336 | { |
1337 | case OP_RREF: /* Numbered group recursion test */ |
1338 | if (md->recursive != NULL) /* Not recursing => FALSE */ |
1339 | { |
1340 | unsigned int recno = GET2(ecode, 1); /* Recursion group number*/ |
1341 | condition = (recno == RREF_ANY || recno == md->recursive->group_num); |
1342 | } |
1343 | break; |
1344 | |
1345 | case OP_DNRREF: /* Duplicate named group recursion test */ |
1346 | if (md->recursive != NULL) |
1347 | { |
1348 | int count = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); |
1349 | pcre_uchar *slot = md->name_table + GET2(ecode, 1) * md->name_entry_size; |
1350 | while (count-- > 0) |
1351 | { |
1352 | unsigned int recno = GET2(slot, 0); |
1353 | condition = recno == md->recursive->group_num; |
1354 | if (condition) break; |
1355 | slot += md->name_entry_size; |
1356 | } |
1357 | } |
1358 | break; |
1359 | |
1360 | case OP_CREF: /* Numbered group used test */ |
1361 | offset = GET2(ecode, 1) << 1; /* Doubled ref number */ |
1362 | condition = offset < offset_top && md->offset_vector[offset] >= 0; |
1363 | break; |
1364 | |
1365 | case OP_DNCREF: /* Duplicate named group used test */ |
1366 | { |
1367 | int count = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); |
1368 | pcre_uchar *slot = md->name_table + GET2(ecode, 1) * md->name_entry_size; |
1369 | while (count-- > 0) |
1370 | { |
1371 | offset = GET2(slot, 0) << 1; |
1372 | condition = offset < offset_top && md->offset_vector[offset] >= 0; |
1373 | if (condition) break; |
1374 | slot += md->name_entry_size; |
1375 | } |
1376 | } |
1377 | break; |
1378 | |
1379 | case OP_DEF: /* DEFINE - always false */ |
1380 | case OP_FAIL: /* From optimized (?!) condition */ |
1381 | break; |
1382 | |
1383 | /* The condition is an assertion. Call match() to evaluate it - setting |
1384 | md->match_function_type to MATCH_CONDASSERT causes it to stop at the end |
1385 | of an assertion. */ |
1386 | |
1387 | default: |
1388 | md->match_function_type = MATCH_CONDASSERT; |
1389 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, NULL, RM3); |
1390 | if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH) |
1391 | { |
1392 | if (md->end_offset_top > offset_top) |
1393 | offset_top = md->end_offset_top; /* Captures may have happened */ |
1394 | condition = TRUE; |
1395 | |
1396 | /* Advance ecode past the assertion to the start of the first branch, |
1397 | but adjust it so that the general choosing code below works. If the |
1398 | assertion has a quantifier that allows zero repeats we must skip over |
1399 | the BRAZERO. This is a lunatic thing to do, but somebody did! */ |
1400 | |
1401 | if (*ecode == OP_BRAZERO) ecode++; |
1402 | ecode += GET(ecode, 1); |
1403 | while (*ecode == OP_ALT) ecode += GET(ecode, 1); |
1404 | ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE - PRIV(OP_lengths)[condcode]; |
1405 | } |
1406 | |
1407 | /* PCRE doesn't allow the effect of (*THEN) to escape beyond an |
1408 | assertion; it is therefore treated as NOMATCH. Any other return is an |
1409 | error. */ |
1410 | |
1411 | else if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH && rrc != MATCH_THEN) |
1412 | { |
1413 | RRETURN(rrc); /* Need braces because of following else */ |
1414 | } |
1415 | break; |
1416 | } |
1417 | |
1418 | /* Choose branch according to the condition */ |
1419 | |
1420 | ecode += condition? PRIV(OP_lengths)[condcode] : codelink; |
1421 | |
1422 | /* We are now at the branch that is to be obeyed. As there is only one, we |
1423 | can use tail recursion to avoid using another stack frame, except when |
1424 | there is unlimited repeat of a possibly empty group. In the latter case, a |
1425 | recursive call to match() is always required, unless the second alternative |
1426 | doesn't exist, in which case we can just plough on. Note that, for |
1427 | compatibility with Perl, the | in a conditional group is NOT treated as |
1428 | creating two alternatives. If a THEN is encountered in the branch, it |
1429 | propagates out to the enclosing alternative (unless nested in a deeper set |
1430 | of alternatives, of course). */ |
1431 | |
1432 | if (condition || ecode[-(1+LINK_SIZE)] == OP_ALT) |
1433 | { |
1434 | if (op != OP_SCOND) |
1435 | { |
1436 | goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
1437 | } |
1438 | |
1439 | md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; |
1440 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM49); |
1441 | RRETURN(rrc); |
1442 | } |
1443 | |
1444 | /* Condition false & no alternative; continue after the group. */ |
1445 | |
1446 | else |
1447 | { |
1448 | } |
1449 | break; |
1450 | |
1451 | |
1452 | /* Before OP_ACCEPT there may be any number of OP_CLOSE opcodes, |
1453 | to close any currently open capturing brackets. */ |
1454 | |
1455 | case OP_CLOSE: |
1456 | number = GET2(ecode, 1); /* Must be less than 65536 */ |
1457 | offset = number << 1; |
1458 | |
1459 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
1460 | printf("end bracket %d at *ACCEPT" , number); |
1461 | printf("\n" ); |
1462 | #endif |
1463 | |
1464 | md->capture_last = (md->capture_last & OVFLMASK) | number; |
1465 | if (offset >= md->offset_max) md->capture_last |= OVFLBIT; else |
1466 | { |
1467 | md->offset_vector[offset] = |
1468 | md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number]; |
1469 | md->offset_vector[offset+1] = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); |
1470 | |
1471 | /* If this group is at or above the current highwater mark, ensure that |
1472 | any groups between the current high water mark and this group are marked |
1473 | unset and then update the high water mark. */ |
1474 | |
1475 | if (offset >= offset_top) |
1476 | { |
1477 | register int *iptr = md->offset_vector + offset_top; |
1478 | register int *iend = md->offset_vector + offset; |
1479 | while (iptr < iend) *iptr++ = -1; |
1480 | offset_top = offset + 2; |
1481 | } |
1482 | } |
1483 | ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; |
1484 | break; |
1485 | |
1486 | |
1487 | /* End of the pattern, either real or forced. */ |
1488 | |
1489 | case OP_END: |
1490 | case OP_ACCEPT: |
1491 | case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: |
1492 | |
1493 | /* If we have matched an empty string, fail if not in an assertion and not |
1494 | in a recursion if either PCRE_NOTEMPTY is set, or if PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART |
1495 | is set and we have matched at the start of the subject. In both cases, |
1496 | backtracking will then try other alternatives, if any. */ |
1497 | |
1498 | if (eptr == mstart && op != OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT && |
1499 | md->recursive == NULL && |
1500 | (md->notempty || |
1501 | (md->notempty_atstart && |
1502 | mstart == md->start_subject + md->start_offset))) |
1503 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1504 | |
1505 | /* Otherwise, we have a match. */ |
1506 | |
1507 | md->end_match_ptr = eptr; /* Record where we ended */ |
1508 | md->end_offset_top = offset_top; /* and how many extracts were taken */ |
1509 | md->start_match_ptr = mstart; /* and the start (\K can modify) */ |
1510 | |
1511 | /* For some reason, the macros don't work properly if an expression is |
1512 | given as the argument to RRETURN when the heap is in use. */ |
1513 | |
1514 | rrc = (op == OP_END)? MATCH_MATCH : MATCH_ACCEPT; |
1515 | RRETURN(rrc); |
1516 | |
1517 | /* Assertion brackets. Check the alternative branches in turn - the |
1518 | matching won't pass the KET for an assertion. If any one branch matches, |
1519 | the assertion is true. Lookbehind assertions have an OP_REVERSE item at the |
1520 | start of each branch to move the current point backwards, so the code at |
1521 | this level is identical to the lookahead case. When the assertion is part |
1522 | of a condition, we want to return immediately afterwards. The caller of |
1523 | this incarnation of the match() function will have set MATCH_CONDASSERT in |
1524 | md->match_function type, and one of these opcodes will be the first opcode |
1525 | that is processed. We use a local variable that is preserved over calls to |
1526 | match() to remember this case. */ |
1527 | |
1528 | case OP_ASSERT: |
1529 | case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
1530 | save_mark = md->mark; |
1531 | if (md->match_function_type == MATCH_CONDASSERT) |
1532 | { |
1533 | condassert = TRUE; |
1534 | md->match_function_type = 0; |
1535 | } |
1536 | else condassert = FALSE; |
1537 | |
1538 | /* Loop for each branch */ |
1539 | |
1540 | do |
1541 | { |
1542 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, NULL, RM4); |
1543 | |
1544 | /* A match means that the assertion is true; break out of the loop |
1545 | that matches its alternatives. */ |
1546 | |
1547 | if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) |
1548 | { |
1549 | mstart = md->start_match_ptr; /* In case \K reset it */ |
1550 | break; |
1551 | } |
1552 | |
1553 | /* If not matched, restore the previous mark setting. */ |
1554 | |
1555 | md->mark = save_mark; |
1556 | |
1557 | /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling |
1558 | THEN. */ |
1559 | |
1560 | if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) |
1561 | { |
1562 | next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); |
1563 | if (md->start_match_ptr < next && |
1564 | (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) |
1565 | rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
1566 | } |
1567 | |
1568 | /* Anything other than NOMATCH causes the entire assertion to fail, |
1569 | passing back the return code. This includes COMMIT, SKIP, PRUNE and an |
1570 | uncaptured THEN, which means they take their normal effect. This |
1571 | consistent approach does not always have exactly the same effect as in |
1572 | Perl. */ |
1573 | |
1574 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
1575 | ecode += GET(ecode, 1); |
1576 | } |
1577 | while (*ecode == OP_ALT); /* Continue for next alternative */ |
1578 | |
1579 | /* If we have tried all the alternative branches, the assertion has |
1580 | failed. If not, we broke out after a match. */ |
1581 | |
1582 | if (*ecode == OP_KET) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1583 | |
1584 | /* If checking an assertion for a condition, return MATCH_MATCH. */ |
1585 | |
1586 | if (condassert) RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH); |
1587 | |
1588 | /* Continue from after a successful assertion, updating the offsets high |
1589 | water mark, since extracts may have been taken during the assertion. */ |
1590 | |
1591 | do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); |
1592 | ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1593 | offset_top = md->end_offset_top; |
1594 | continue; |
1595 | |
1596 | /* Negative assertion: all branches must fail to match for the assertion to |
1597 | succeed. */ |
1598 | |
1599 | case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
1600 | case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
1601 | save_mark = md->mark; |
1602 | if (md->match_function_type == MATCH_CONDASSERT) |
1603 | { |
1604 | condassert = TRUE; |
1605 | md->match_function_type = 0; |
1606 | } |
1607 | else condassert = FALSE; |
1608 | |
1609 | /* Loop for each alternative branch. */ |
1610 | |
1611 | do |
1612 | { |
1613 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, NULL, RM5); |
1614 | md->mark = save_mark; /* Always restore the mark setting */ |
1615 | |
1616 | switch(rrc) |
1617 | { |
1618 | case MATCH_MATCH: /* A successful match means */ |
1619 | case MATCH_ACCEPT: /* the assertion has failed. */ |
1620 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1621 | |
1622 | case MATCH_NOMATCH: /* Carry on with next branch */ |
1623 | break; |
1624 | |
1625 | /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling |
1626 | THEN. */ |
1627 | |
1628 | case MATCH_THEN: |
1629 | next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); |
1630 | if (md->start_match_ptr < next && |
1631 | (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) |
1632 | { |
1633 | rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
1634 | break; |
1635 | } |
1636 | /* Otherwise fall through. */ |
1637 | |
1638 | /* COMMIT, SKIP, PRUNE, and an uncaptured THEN cause the whole |
1639 | assertion to fail to match, without considering any more alternatives. |
1640 | Failing to match means the assertion is true. This is a consistent |
1641 | approach, but does not always have the same effect as in Perl. */ |
1642 | |
1643 | case MATCH_COMMIT: |
1644 | case MATCH_SKIP: |
1645 | case MATCH_SKIP_ARG: |
1646 | case MATCH_PRUNE: |
1647 | do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); |
1648 | goto NEG_ASSERT_TRUE; /* Break out of alternation loop */ |
1649 | |
1650 | /* Anything else is an error */ |
1651 | |
1652 | default: |
1653 | RRETURN(rrc); |
1654 | } |
1655 | |
1656 | /* Continue with next branch */ |
1657 | |
1658 | ecode += GET(ecode,1); |
1659 | } |
1660 | while (*ecode == OP_ALT); |
1661 | |
1662 | /* All branches in the assertion failed to match. */ |
1663 | |
1664 | NEG_ASSERT_TRUE: |
1665 | if (condassert) RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH); /* Condition assertion */ |
1666 | ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Continue with current branch */ |
1667 | continue; |
1668 | |
1669 | /* Move the subject pointer back. This occurs only at the start of |
1670 | each branch of a lookbehind assertion. If we are too close to the start to |
1671 | move back, this match function fails. When working with UTF-8 we move |
1672 | back a number of characters, not bytes. */ |
1673 | |
1674 | case OP_REVERSE: |
1675 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
1676 | if (utf) |
1677 | { |
1678 | i = GET(ecode, 1); |
1679 | while (i-- > 0) |
1680 | { |
1681 | eptr--; |
1682 | if (eptr < md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1683 | BACKCHAR(eptr); |
1684 | } |
1685 | } |
1686 | else |
1687 | #endif |
1688 | |
1689 | /* No UTF-8 support, or not in UTF-8 mode: count is byte count */ |
1690 | |
1691 | { |
1692 | eptr -= GET(ecode, 1); |
1693 | if (eptr < md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1694 | } |
1695 | |
1696 | /* Save the earliest consulted character, then skip to next op code */ |
1697 | |
1698 | if (eptr < md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = eptr; |
1699 | ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1700 | break; |
1701 | |
1702 | /* The callout item calls an external function, if one is provided, passing |
1703 | details of the match so far. This is mainly for debugging, though the |
1704 | function is able to force a failure. */ |
1705 | |
1706 | case OP_CALLOUT: |
1707 | if (PUBL(callout) != NULL) |
1708 | { |
1709 | PUBL(callout_block) cb; |
1710 | cb.version = 2; /* Version 1 of the callout block */ |
1711 | cb.callout_number = ecode[1]; |
1712 | cb.offset_vector = md->offset_vector; |
1713 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
1714 | cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR)md->start_subject; |
1715 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
1716 | cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR16)md->start_subject; |
1717 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
1718 | cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR32)md->start_subject; |
1719 | #endif |
1720 | cb.subject_length = (int)(md->end_subject - md->start_subject); |
1721 | cb.start_match = (int)(mstart - md->start_subject); |
1722 | cb.current_position = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); |
1723 | cb.pattern_position = GET(ecode, 2); |
1724 | cb.next_item_length = GET(ecode, 2 + LINK_SIZE); |
1725 | cb.capture_top = offset_top/2; |
1726 | cb.capture_last = md->capture_last & CAPLMASK; |
1727 | /* Internal change requires this for API compatibility. */ |
1728 | if (cb.capture_last == 0) cb.capture_last = -1; |
1729 | cb.callout_data = md->callout_data; |
1730 | cb.mark = md->nomatch_mark; |
1731 | if ((rrc = (*PUBL(callout))(&cb)) > 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1732 | if (rrc < 0) RRETURN(rrc); |
1733 | } |
1734 | ecode += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE; |
1735 | break; |
1736 | |
1737 | /* Recursion either matches the current regex, or some subexpression. The |
1738 | offset data is the offset to the starting bracket from the start of the |
1739 | whole pattern. (This is so that it works from duplicated subpatterns.) |
1740 | |
1741 | The state of the capturing groups is preserved over recursion, and |
1742 | re-instated afterwards. We don't know how many are started and not yet |
1743 | finished (offset_top records the completed total) so we just have to save |
1744 | all the potential data. There may be up to 65535 such values, which is too |
1745 | large to put on the stack, but using malloc for small numbers seems |
1746 | expensive. As a compromise, the stack is used when there are no more than |
1747 | REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX values to store; otherwise malloc is used. |
1748 | |
1749 | There are also other values that have to be saved. We use a chained |
1750 | sequence of blocks that actually live on the stack. Thanks to Robin Houston |
1751 | for the original version of this logic. It has, however, been hacked around |
1752 | a lot, so he is not to blame for the current way it works. */ |
1753 | |
1754 | case OP_RECURSE: |
1755 | { |
1756 | recursion_info *ri; |
1757 | unsigned int recno; |
1758 | |
1759 | callpat = md->start_code + GET(ecode, 1); |
1760 | recno = (callpat == md->start_code)? 0 : |
1761 | GET2(callpat, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
1762 | |
1763 | /* Check for repeating a recursion without advancing the subject pointer. |
1764 | This should catch convoluted mutual recursions. (Some simple cases are |
1765 | caught at compile time.) */ |
1766 | |
1767 | for (ri = md->recursive; ri != NULL; ri = ri->prevrec) |
1768 | if (recno == ri->group_num && eptr == ri->subject_position) |
1769 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_RECURSELOOP); |
1770 | |
1771 | /* Add to "recursing stack" */ |
1772 | |
1773 | new_recursive.group_num = recno; |
1774 | new_recursive.saved_capture_last = md->capture_last; |
1775 | new_recursive.subject_position = eptr; |
1776 | new_recursive.prevrec = md->recursive; |
1777 | md->recursive = &new_recursive; |
1778 | |
1779 | /* Where to continue from afterwards */ |
1780 | |
1781 | ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1782 | |
1783 | /* Now save the offset data */ |
1784 | |
1785 | new_recursive.saved_max = md->offset_end; |
1786 | if (new_recursive.saved_max <= REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX) |
1787 | new_recursive.offset_save = stacksave; |
1788 | else |
1789 | { |
1790 | new_recursive.offset_save = |
1791 | (int *)(PUBL(malloc))(new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int)); |
1792 | if (new_recursive.offset_save == NULL) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY); |
1793 | } |
1794 | memcpy(new_recursive.offset_save, md->offset_vector, |
1795 | new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int)); |
1796 | |
1797 | /* OK, now we can do the recursion. After processing each alternative, |
1798 | restore the offset data and the last captured value. If there were nested |
1799 | recursions, md->recursive might be changed, so reset it before looping. |
1800 | */ |
1801 | |
1802 | DPRINTF(("Recursing into group %d\n" , new_recursive.group_num)); |
1803 | cbegroup = (*callpat >= OP_SBRA); |
1804 | do |
1805 | { |
1806 | if (cbegroup) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; |
1807 | RMATCH(eptr, callpat + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*callpat], offset_top, |
1808 | md, eptrb, RM6); |
1809 | memcpy(md->offset_vector, new_recursive.offset_save, |
1810 | new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int)); |
1811 | md->capture_last = new_recursive.saved_capture_last; |
1812 | md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec; |
1813 | if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) |
1814 | { |
1815 | DPRINTF(("Recursion matched\n" )); |
1816 | if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave) |
1817 | (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save); |
1818 | |
1819 | /* Set where we got to in the subject, and reset the start in case |
1820 | it was changed by \K. This *is* propagated back out of a recursion, |
1821 | for Perl compatibility. */ |
1822 | |
1823 | eptr = md->end_match_ptr; |
1824 | mstart = md->start_match_ptr; |
1825 | goto RECURSION_MATCHED; /* Exit loop; end processing */ |
1826 | } |
1827 | |
1828 | /* PCRE does not allow THEN, SKIP, PRUNE or COMMIT to escape beyond a |
1829 | recursion; they cause a NOMATCH for the entire recursion. These codes |
1830 | are defined in a range that can be tested for. */ |
1831 | |
1832 | if (rrc >= MATCH_BACKTRACK_MIN && rrc <= MATCH_BACKTRACK_MAX) |
1833 | { |
1834 | if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave) |
1835 | (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save); |
1836 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1837 | } |
1838 | |
1839 | /* Any return code other than NOMATCH is an error. */ |
1840 | |
1841 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) |
1842 | { |
1843 | DPRINTF(("Recursion gave error %d\n" , rrc)); |
1844 | if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave) |
1845 | (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save); |
1846 | RRETURN(rrc); |
1847 | } |
1848 | |
1849 | md->recursive = &new_recursive; |
1850 | callpat += GET(callpat, 1); |
1851 | } |
1852 | while (*callpat == OP_ALT); |
1853 | |
1854 | DPRINTF(("Recursion didn't match\n" )); |
1855 | md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec; |
1856 | if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave) |
1857 | (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save); |
1858 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
1859 | } |
1860 | |
1861 | RECURSION_MATCHED: |
1862 | break; |
1863 | |
1864 | /* An alternation is the end of a branch; scan along to find the end of the |
1865 | bracketed group and go to there. */ |
1866 | |
1867 | case OP_ALT: |
1868 | do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); |
1869 | break; |
1870 | |
1871 | /* BRAZERO, BRAMINZERO and SKIPZERO occur just before a bracket group, |
1872 | indicating that it may occur zero times. It may repeat infinitely, or not |
1873 | at all - i.e. it could be ()* or ()? or even (){0} in the pattern. Brackets |
1874 | with fixed upper repeat limits are compiled as a number of copies, with the |
1875 | optional ones preceded by BRAZERO or BRAMINZERO. */ |
1876 | |
1877 | case OP_BRAZERO: |
1878 | next = ecode + 1; |
1879 | RMATCH(eptr, next, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM10); |
1880 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
1881 | do next += GET(next, 1); while (*next == OP_ALT); |
1882 | ecode = next + 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1883 | break; |
1884 | |
1885 | case OP_BRAMINZERO: |
1886 | next = ecode + 1; |
1887 | do next += GET(next, 1); while (*next == OP_ALT); |
1888 | RMATCH(eptr, next + 1+LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM11); |
1889 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
1890 | ecode++; |
1891 | break; |
1892 | |
1893 | case OP_SKIPZERO: |
1894 | next = ecode+1; |
1895 | do next += GET(next,1); while (*next == OP_ALT); |
1896 | ecode = next + 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1897 | break; |
1898 | |
1899 | /* BRAPOSZERO occurs before a possessive bracket group. Don't do anything |
1900 | here; just jump to the group, with allow_zero set TRUE. */ |
1901 | |
1902 | case OP_BRAPOSZERO: |
1903 | op = *(++ecode); |
1904 | allow_zero = TRUE; |
1905 | if (op == OP_CBRAPOS || op == OP_SCBRAPOS) goto POSSESSIVE_CAPTURE; |
1906 | goto POSSESSIVE_NON_CAPTURE; |
1907 | |
1908 | /* End of a group, repeated or non-repeating. */ |
1909 | |
1910 | case OP_KET: |
1911 | case OP_KETRMIN: |
1912 | case OP_KETRMAX: |
1913 | case OP_KETRPOS: |
1914 | prev = ecode - GET(ecode, 1); |
1915 | |
1916 | /* If this was a group that remembered the subject start, in order to break |
1917 | infinite repeats of empty string matches, retrieve the subject start from |
1918 | the chain. Otherwise, set it NULL. */ |
1919 | |
1920 | if (*prev >= OP_SBRA || *prev == OP_ONCE) |
1921 | { |
1922 | saved_eptr = eptrb->epb_saved_eptr; /* Value at start of group */ |
1923 | eptrb = eptrb->epb_prev; /* Backup to previous group */ |
1924 | } |
1925 | else saved_eptr = NULL; |
1926 | |
1927 | /* If we are at the end of an assertion group or a non-capturing atomic |
1928 | group, stop matching and return MATCH_MATCH, but record the current high |
1929 | water mark for use by positive assertions. We also need to record the match |
1930 | start in case it was changed by \K. */ |
1931 | |
1932 | if ((*prev >= OP_ASSERT && *prev <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) || |
1933 | *prev == OP_ONCE_NC) |
1934 | { |
1935 | md->end_match_ptr = eptr; /* For ONCE_NC */ |
1936 | md->end_offset_top = offset_top; |
1937 | md->start_match_ptr = mstart; |
1938 | RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH); /* Sets md->mark */ |
1939 | } |
1940 | |
1941 | /* For capturing groups we have to check the group number back at the start |
1942 | and if necessary complete handling an extraction by setting the offsets and |
1943 | bumping the high water mark. Whole-pattern recursion is coded as a recurse |
1944 | into group 0, so it won't be picked up here. Instead, we catch it when the |
1945 | OP_END is reached. Other recursion is handled here. We just have to record |
1946 | the current subject position and start match pointer and give a MATCH |
1947 | return. */ |
1948 | |
1949 | if (*prev == OP_CBRA || *prev == OP_SCBRA || |
1950 | *prev == OP_CBRAPOS || *prev == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
1951 | { |
1952 | number = GET2(prev, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
1953 | offset = number << 1; |
1954 | |
1955 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
1956 | printf("end bracket %d" , number); |
1957 | printf("\n" ); |
1958 | #endif |
1959 | |
1960 | /* Handle a recursively called group. */ |
1961 | |
1962 | if (md->recursive != NULL && md->recursive->group_num == number) |
1963 | { |
1964 | md->end_match_ptr = eptr; |
1965 | md->start_match_ptr = mstart; |
1966 | RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH); |
1967 | } |
1968 | |
1969 | /* Deal with capturing */ |
1970 | |
1971 | md->capture_last = (md->capture_last & OVFLMASK) | number; |
1972 | if (offset >= md->offset_max) md->capture_last |= OVFLBIT; else |
1973 | { |
1974 | /* If offset is greater than offset_top, it means that we are |
1975 | "skipping" a capturing group, and that group's offsets must be marked |
1976 | unset. In earlier versions of PCRE, all the offsets were unset at the |
1977 | start of matching, but this doesn't work because atomic groups and |
1978 | assertions can cause a value to be set that should later be unset. |
1979 | Example: matching /(?>(a))b|(a)c/ against "ac". This sets group 1 as |
1980 | part of the atomic group, but this is not on the final matching path, |
1981 | so must be unset when 2 is set. (If there is no group 2, there is no |
1982 | problem, because offset_top will then be 2, indicating no capture.) */ |
1983 | |
1984 | if (offset > offset_top) |
1985 | { |
1986 | register int *iptr = md->offset_vector + offset_top; |
1987 | register int *iend = md->offset_vector + offset; |
1988 | while (iptr < iend) *iptr++ = -1; |
1989 | } |
1990 | |
1991 | /* Now make the extraction */ |
1992 | |
1993 | md->offset_vector[offset] = |
1994 | md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number]; |
1995 | md->offset_vector[offset+1] = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); |
1996 | if (offset_top <= offset) offset_top = offset + 2; |
1997 | } |
1998 | } |
1999 | |
2000 | /* OP_KETRPOS is a possessive repeating ket. Remember the current position, |
2001 | and return the MATCH_KETRPOS. This makes it possible to do the repeats one |
2002 | at a time from the outer level, thus saving stack. This must precede the |
2003 | empty string test - in this case that test is done at the outer level. */ |
2004 | |
2005 | if (*ecode == OP_KETRPOS) |
2006 | { |
2007 | md->start_match_ptr = mstart; /* In case \K reset it */ |
2008 | md->end_match_ptr = eptr; |
2009 | md->end_offset_top = offset_top; |
2010 | RRETURN(MATCH_KETRPOS); |
2011 | } |
2012 | |
2013 | /* For an ordinary non-repeating ket, just continue at this level. This |
2014 | also happens for a repeating ket if no characters were matched in the |
2015 | group. This is the forcible breaking of infinite loops as implemented in |
2016 | Perl 5.005. For a non-repeating atomic group that includes captures, |
2017 | establish a backup point by processing the rest of the pattern at a lower |
2018 | level. If this results in a NOMATCH return, pass MATCH_ONCE back to the |
2019 | original OP_ONCE level, thereby bypassing intermediate backup points, but |
2020 | resetting any captures that happened along the way. */ |
2021 | |
2022 | if (*ecode == OP_KET || eptr == saved_eptr) |
2023 | { |
2024 | if (*prev == OP_ONCE) |
2025 | { |
2026 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM12); |
2027 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
2028 | md->once_target = prev; /* Level at which to change to MATCH_NOMATCH */ |
2029 | RRETURN(MATCH_ONCE); |
2030 | } |
2031 | ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Carry on at this level */ |
2032 | break; |
2033 | } |
2034 | |
2035 | /* The normal repeating kets try the rest of the pattern or restart from |
2036 | the preceding bracket, in the appropriate order. In the second case, we can |
2037 | use tail recursion to avoid using another stack frame, unless we have an |
2038 | an atomic group or an unlimited repeat of a group that can match an empty |
2039 | string. */ |
2040 | |
2041 | if (*ecode == OP_KETRMIN) |
2042 | { |
2043 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM7); |
2044 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
2045 | if (*prev == OP_ONCE) |
2046 | { |
2047 | RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM8); |
2048 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
2049 | md->once_target = prev; /* Level at which to change to MATCH_NOMATCH */ |
2050 | RRETURN(MATCH_ONCE); |
2051 | } |
2052 | if (*prev >= OP_SBRA) /* Could match an empty string */ |
2053 | { |
2054 | RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM50); |
2055 | RRETURN(rrc); |
2056 | } |
2057 | ecode = prev; |
2058 | goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
2059 | } |
2060 | else /* OP_KETRMAX */ |
2061 | { |
2062 | RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM13); |
2063 | if (rrc == MATCH_ONCE && md->once_target == prev) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
2064 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
2065 | if (*prev == OP_ONCE) |
2066 | { |
2067 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM9); |
2068 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
2069 | md->once_target = prev; |
2070 | RRETURN(MATCH_ONCE); |
2071 | } |
2072 | ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
2073 | goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
2074 | } |
2075 | /* Control never gets here */ |
2076 | |
2077 | /* Not multiline mode: start of subject assertion, unless notbol. */ |
2078 | |
2079 | case OP_CIRC: |
2080 | if (md->notbol && eptr == md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2081 | |
2082 | /* Start of subject assertion */ |
2083 | |
2084 | case OP_SOD: |
2085 | if (eptr != md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2086 | ecode++; |
2087 | break; |
2088 | |
2089 | /* Multiline mode: start of subject unless notbol, or after any newline. */ |
2090 | |
2091 | case OP_CIRCM: |
2092 | if (md->notbol && eptr == md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2093 | if (eptr != md->start_subject && |
2094 | (eptr == md->end_subject || !WAS_NEWLINE(eptr))) |
2095 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2096 | ecode++; |
2097 | break; |
2098 | |
2099 | /* Start of match assertion */ |
2100 | |
2101 | case OP_SOM: |
2102 | if (eptr != md->start_subject + md->start_offset) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2103 | ecode++; |
2104 | break; |
2105 | |
2106 | /* Reset the start of match point */ |
2107 | |
2108 | case OP_SET_SOM: |
2109 | mstart = eptr; |
2110 | ecode++; |
2111 | break; |
2112 | |
2113 | /* Multiline mode: assert before any newline, or before end of subject |
2114 | unless noteol is set. */ |
2115 | |
2116 | case OP_DOLLM: |
2117 | if (eptr < md->end_subject) |
2118 | { |
2119 | if (!IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) |
2120 | { |
2121 | if (md->partial != 0 && |
2122 | eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && |
2123 | NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && |
2124 | NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && |
2125 | UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) |
2126 | { |
2127 | md->hitend = TRUE; |
2128 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); |
2129 | } |
2130 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2131 | } |
2132 | } |
2133 | else |
2134 | { |
2135 | if (md->noteol) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2136 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2137 | } |
2138 | ecode++; |
2139 | break; |
2140 | |
2141 | /* Not multiline mode: assert before a terminating newline or before end of |
2142 | subject unless noteol is set. */ |
2143 | |
2144 | case OP_DOLL: |
2145 | if (md->noteol) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2146 | if (!md->endonly) goto ASSERT_NL_OR_EOS; |
2147 | |
2148 | /* ... else fall through for endonly */ |
2149 | |
2150 | /* End of subject assertion (\z) */ |
2151 | |
2152 | case OP_EOD: |
2153 | if (eptr < md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2154 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2155 | ecode++; |
2156 | break; |
2157 | |
2158 | /* End of subject or ending \n assertion (\Z) */ |
2159 | |
2160 | case OP_EODN: |
2161 | ASSERT_NL_OR_EOS: |
2162 | if (eptr < md->end_subject && |
2163 | (!IS_NEWLINE(eptr) || eptr != md->end_subject - md->nllen)) |
2164 | { |
2165 | if (md->partial != 0 && |
2166 | eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && |
2167 | NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && |
2168 | NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && |
2169 | UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) |
2170 | { |
2171 | md->hitend = TRUE; |
2172 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); |
2173 | } |
2174 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2175 | } |
2176 | |
2177 | /* Either at end of string or \n before end. */ |
2178 | |
2179 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2180 | ecode++; |
2181 | break; |
2182 | |
2183 | /* Word boundary assertions */ |
2184 | |
2185 | case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
2186 | case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
2187 | { |
2188 | |
2189 | /* Find out if the previous and current characters are "word" characters. |
2190 | It takes a bit more work in UTF-8 mode. Characters > 255 are assumed to |
2191 | be "non-word" characters. Remember the earliest consulted character for |
2192 | partial matching. */ |
2193 | |
2194 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
2195 | if (utf) |
2196 | { |
2197 | /* Get status of previous character */ |
2198 | |
2199 | if (eptr == md->start_subject) prev_is_word = FALSE; else |
2200 | { |
2201 | PCRE_PUCHAR lastptr = eptr - 1; |
2202 | BACKCHAR(lastptr); |
2203 | if (lastptr < md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = lastptr; |
2204 | GETCHAR(c, lastptr); |
2205 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2206 | if (md->use_ucp) |
2207 | { |
2208 | if (c == '_') prev_is_word = TRUE; else |
2209 | { |
2210 | int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c); |
2211 | prev_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N); |
2212 | } |
2213 | } |
2214 | else |
2215 | #endif |
2216 | prev_is_word = c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0; |
2217 | } |
2218 | |
2219 | /* Get status of next character */ |
2220 | |
2221 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2222 | { |
2223 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2224 | cur_is_word = FALSE; |
2225 | } |
2226 | else |
2227 | { |
2228 | GETCHAR(c, eptr); |
2229 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2230 | if (md->use_ucp) |
2231 | { |
2232 | if (c == '_') cur_is_word = TRUE; else |
2233 | { |
2234 | int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c); |
2235 | cur_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N); |
2236 | } |
2237 | } |
2238 | else |
2239 | #endif |
2240 | cur_is_word = c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0; |
2241 | } |
2242 | } |
2243 | else |
2244 | #endif |
2245 | |
2246 | /* Not in UTF-8 mode, but we may still have PCRE_UCP set, and for |
2247 | consistency with the behaviour of \w we do use it in this case. */ |
2248 | |
2249 | { |
2250 | /* Get status of previous character */ |
2251 | |
2252 | if (eptr == md->start_subject) prev_is_word = FALSE; else |
2253 | { |
2254 | if (eptr <= md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = eptr - 1; |
2255 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2256 | if (md->use_ucp) |
2257 | { |
2258 | c = eptr[-1]; |
2259 | if (c == '_') prev_is_word = TRUE; else |
2260 | { |
2261 | int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c); |
2262 | prev_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N); |
2263 | } |
2264 | } |
2265 | else |
2266 | #endif |
2267 | prev_is_word = MAX_255(eptr[-1]) |
2268 | && ((md->ctypes[eptr[-1]] & ctype_word) != 0); |
2269 | } |
2270 | |
2271 | /* Get status of next character */ |
2272 | |
2273 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2274 | { |
2275 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2276 | cur_is_word = FALSE; |
2277 | } |
2278 | else |
2279 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2280 | if (md->use_ucp) |
2281 | { |
2282 | c = *eptr; |
2283 | if (c == '_') cur_is_word = TRUE; else |
2284 | { |
2285 | int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c); |
2286 | cur_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N); |
2287 | } |
2288 | } |
2289 | else |
2290 | #endif |
2291 | cur_is_word = MAX_255(*eptr) |
2292 | && ((md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0); |
2293 | } |
2294 | |
2295 | /* Now see if the situation is what we want */ |
2296 | |
2297 | if ((*ecode++ == OP_WORD_BOUNDARY)? |
2298 | cur_is_word == prev_is_word : cur_is_word != prev_is_word) |
2299 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2300 | } |
2301 | break; |
2302 | |
2303 | /* Match any single character type except newline; have to take care with |
2304 | CRLF newlines and partial matching. */ |
2305 | |
2306 | case OP_ANY: |
2307 | if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2308 | if (md->partial != 0 && |
2309 | eptr == md->end_subject - 1 && |
2310 | NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && |
2311 | NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && |
2312 | UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) |
2313 | { |
2314 | md->hitend = TRUE; |
2315 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); |
2316 | } |
2317 | |
2318 | /* Fall through */ |
2319 | |
2320 | /* Match any single character whatsoever. */ |
2321 | |
2322 | case OP_ALLANY: |
2323 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) /* DO NOT merge the eptr++ here; it must */ |
2324 | { /* not be updated before SCHECK_PARTIAL. */ |
2325 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2326 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2327 | } |
2328 | eptr++; |
2329 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
2330 | if (utf) ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); |
2331 | #endif |
2332 | ecode++; |
2333 | break; |
2334 | |
2335 | /* Match a single byte, even in UTF-8 mode. This opcode really does match |
2336 | any byte, even newline, independent of the setting of PCRE_DOTALL. */ |
2337 | |
2338 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
2339 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) /* DO NOT merge the eptr++ here; it must */ |
2340 | { /* not be updated before SCHECK_PARTIAL. */ |
2341 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2342 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2343 | } |
2344 | eptr++; |
2345 | ecode++; |
2346 | break; |
2347 | |
2348 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
2349 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2350 | { |
2351 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2352 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2353 | } |
2354 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2355 | if ( |
2356 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
2357 | c < 256 && |
2358 | #endif |
2359 | (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0 |
2360 | ) |
2361 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2362 | ecode++; |
2363 | break; |
2364 | |
2365 | case OP_DIGIT: |
2366 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2367 | { |
2368 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2369 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2370 | } |
2371 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2372 | if ( |
2373 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
2374 | c > 255 || |
2375 | #endif |
2376 | (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0 |
2377 | ) |
2378 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2379 | ecode++; |
2380 | break; |
2381 | |
2382 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
2383 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2384 | { |
2385 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2386 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2387 | } |
2388 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2389 | if ( |
2390 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
2391 | c < 256 && |
2392 | #endif |
2393 | (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0 |
2394 | ) |
2395 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2396 | ecode++; |
2397 | break; |
2398 | |
2399 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
2400 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2401 | { |
2402 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2403 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2404 | } |
2405 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2406 | if ( |
2407 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
2408 | c > 255 || |
2409 | #endif |
2410 | (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0 |
2411 | ) |
2412 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2413 | ecode++; |
2414 | break; |
2415 | |
2416 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
2417 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2418 | { |
2419 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2420 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2421 | } |
2422 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2423 | if ( |
2424 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
2425 | c < 256 && |
2426 | #endif |
2427 | (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0 |
2428 | ) |
2429 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2430 | ecode++; |
2431 | break; |
2432 | |
2433 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
2434 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2435 | { |
2436 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2437 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2438 | } |
2439 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2440 | if ( |
2441 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
2442 | c > 255 || |
2443 | #endif |
2444 | (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0 |
2445 | ) |
2446 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2447 | ecode++; |
2448 | break; |
2449 | |
2450 | case OP_ANYNL: |
2451 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2452 | { |
2453 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2454 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2455 | } |
2456 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2457 | switch(c) |
2458 | { |
2459 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2460 | |
2461 | case CHAR_CR: |
2462 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2463 | { |
2464 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2465 | } |
2466 | else if (UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++; |
2467 | break; |
2468 | |
2469 | case CHAR_LF: |
2470 | break; |
2471 | |
2472 | case CHAR_VT: |
2473 | case CHAR_FF: |
2474 | case CHAR_NEL: |
2475 | #ifndef EBCDIC |
2476 | case 0x2028: |
2477 | case 0x2029: |
2478 | #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ |
2479 | if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2480 | break; |
2481 | } |
2482 | ecode++; |
2483 | break; |
2484 | |
2485 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
2486 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2487 | { |
2488 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2489 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2490 | } |
2491 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2492 | switch(c) |
2493 | { |
2494 | HSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Byte and multibyte cases */ |
2495 | default: break; |
2496 | } |
2497 | ecode++; |
2498 | break; |
2499 | |
2500 | case OP_HSPACE: |
2501 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2502 | { |
2503 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2504 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2505 | } |
2506 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2507 | switch(c) |
2508 | { |
2509 | HSPACE_CASES: break; /* Byte and multibyte cases */ |
2510 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2511 | } |
2512 | ecode++; |
2513 | break; |
2514 | |
2515 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
2516 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2517 | { |
2518 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2519 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2520 | } |
2521 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2522 | switch(c) |
2523 | { |
2524 | VSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2525 | default: break; |
2526 | } |
2527 | ecode++; |
2528 | break; |
2529 | |
2530 | case OP_VSPACE: |
2531 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2532 | { |
2533 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2534 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2535 | } |
2536 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2537 | switch(c) |
2538 | { |
2539 | VSPACE_CASES: break; |
2540 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2541 | } |
2542 | ecode++; |
2543 | break; |
2544 | |
2545 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2546 | /* Check the next character by Unicode property. We will get here only |
2547 | if the support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */ |
2548 | |
2549 | case OP_PROP: |
2550 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
2551 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2552 | { |
2553 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2554 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2555 | } |
2556 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2557 | { |
2558 | const pcre_uint32 *cp; |
2559 | const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c); |
2560 | |
2561 | switch(ecode[1]) |
2562 | { |
2563 | case PT_ANY: |
2564 | if (op == OP_NOTPROP) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2565 | break; |
2566 | |
2567 | case PT_LAMP: |
2568 | if ((prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || |
2569 | prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || |
2570 | prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == (op == OP_NOTPROP)) |
2571 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2572 | break; |
2573 | |
2574 | case PT_GC: |
2575 | if ((ecode[2] != PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == (op == OP_PROP)) |
2576 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2577 | break; |
2578 | |
2579 | case PT_PC: |
2580 | if ((ecode[2] != prop->chartype) == (op == OP_PROP)) |
2581 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2582 | break; |
2583 | |
2584 | case PT_SC: |
2585 | if ((ecode[2] != prop->script) == (op == OP_PROP)) |
2586 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2587 | break; |
2588 | |
2589 | /* These are specials */ |
2590 | |
2591 | case PT_ALNUM: |
2592 | if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || |
2593 | PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == (op == OP_NOTPROP)) |
2594 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2595 | break; |
2596 | |
2597 | /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, |
2598 | which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE |
2599 | was changed at release 8.34. */ |
2600 | |
2601 | case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ |
2602 | case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ |
2603 | switch(c) |
2604 | { |
2605 | HSPACE_CASES: |
2606 | VSPACE_CASES: |
2607 | if (op == OP_NOTPROP) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2608 | break; |
2609 | |
2610 | default: |
2611 | if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z) == |
2612 | (op == OP_NOTPROP)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2613 | break; |
2614 | } |
2615 | break; |
2616 | |
2617 | case PT_WORD: |
2618 | if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || |
2619 | PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || |
2620 | c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == (op == OP_NOTPROP)) |
2621 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2622 | break; |
2623 | |
2624 | case PT_CLIST: |
2625 | cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + ecode[2]; |
2626 | for (;;) |
2627 | { |
2628 | if (c < *cp) |
2629 | { if (op == OP_PROP) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else break; } |
2630 | if (c == *cp++) |
2631 | { if (op == OP_PROP) break; else { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } |
2632 | } |
2633 | break; |
2634 | |
2635 | case PT_UCNC: |
2636 | if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || |
2637 | c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || |
2638 | c >= 0xe000) == (op == OP_NOTPROP)) |
2639 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2640 | break; |
2641 | |
2642 | /* This should never occur */ |
2643 | |
2644 | default: |
2645 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); |
2646 | } |
2647 | |
2648 | ecode += 3; |
2649 | } |
2650 | break; |
2651 | |
2652 | /* Match an extended Unicode sequence. We will get here only if the support |
2653 | is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */ |
2654 | |
2655 | case OP_EXTUNI: |
2656 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2657 | { |
2658 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2659 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2660 | } |
2661 | else |
2662 | { |
2663 | int lgb, rgb; |
2664 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
2665 | lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); |
2666 | while (eptr < md->end_subject) |
2667 | { |
2668 | int len = 1; |
2669 | if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); } |
2670 | rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); |
2671 | if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; |
2672 | lgb = rgb; |
2673 | eptr += len; |
2674 | } |
2675 | } |
2676 | CHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2677 | ecode++; |
2678 | break; |
2679 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
2680 | |
2681 | |
2682 | /* Match a back reference, possibly repeatedly. Look past the end of the |
2683 | item to see if there is repeat information following. The code is similar |
2684 | to that for character classes, but repeated for efficiency. Then obey |
2685 | similar code to character type repeats - written out again for speed. |
2686 | However, if the referenced string is the empty string, always treat |
2687 | it as matched, any number of times (otherwise there could be infinite |
2688 | loops). If the reference is unset, there are two possibilities: |
2689 | |
2690 | (a) In the default, Perl-compatible state, set the length negative; |
2691 | this ensures that every attempt at a match fails. We can't just fail |
2692 | here, because of the possibility of quantifiers with zero minima. |
2693 | |
2694 | (b) If the JavaScript compatibility flag is set, set the length to zero |
2695 | so that the back reference matches an empty string. |
2696 | |
2697 | Otherwise, set the length to the length of what was matched by the |
2698 | referenced subpattern. |
2699 | |
2700 | The OP_REF and OP_REFI opcodes are used for a reference to a numbered group |
2701 | or to a non-duplicated named group. For a duplicated named group, OP_DNREF |
2702 | and OP_DNREFI are used. In this case we must scan the list of groups to |
2703 | which the name refers, and use the first one that is set. */ |
2704 | |
2705 | case OP_DNREF: |
2706 | case OP_DNREFI: |
2707 | caseless = op == OP_DNREFI; |
2708 | { |
2709 | int count = GET2(ecode, 1+IMM2_SIZE); |
2710 | pcre_uchar *slot = md->name_table + GET2(ecode, 1) * md->name_entry_size; |
2711 | ecode += 1 + 2*IMM2_SIZE; |
2712 | |
2713 | /* Setting the default length first and initializing 'offset' avoids |
2714 | compiler warnings in the REF_REPEAT code. */ |
2715 | |
2716 | length = (md->jscript_compat)? 0 : -1; |
2717 | offset = 0; |
2718 | |
2719 | while (count-- > 0) |
2720 | { |
2721 | offset = GET2(slot, 0) << 1; |
2722 | if (offset < offset_top && md->offset_vector[offset] >= 0) |
2723 | { |
2724 | length = md->offset_vector[offset+1] - md->offset_vector[offset]; |
2725 | break; |
2726 | } |
2727 | slot += md->name_entry_size; |
2728 | } |
2729 | } |
2730 | goto REF_REPEAT; |
2731 | |
2732 | case OP_REF: |
2733 | case OP_REFI: |
2734 | caseless = op == OP_REFI; |
2735 | offset = GET2(ecode, 1) << 1; /* Doubled ref number */ |
2736 | ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; |
2737 | if (offset >= offset_top || md->offset_vector[offset] < 0) |
2738 | length = (md->jscript_compat)? 0 : -1; |
2739 | else |
2740 | length = md->offset_vector[offset+1] - md->offset_vector[offset]; |
2741 | |
2742 | /* Set up for repetition, or handle the non-repeated case */ |
2743 | |
2744 | REF_REPEAT: |
2745 | switch (*ecode) |
2746 | { |
2747 | case OP_CRSTAR: |
2748 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
2749 | case OP_CRPLUS: |
2750 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
2751 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
2752 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
2753 | c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR; |
2754 | minimize = (c & 1) != 0; |
2755 | min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ |
2756 | max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ |
2757 | if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; |
2758 | break; |
2759 | |
2760 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
2761 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
2762 | minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE); |
2763 | min = GET2(ecode, 1); |
2764 | max = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); |
2765 | if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; |
2766 | ecode += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; |
2767 | break; |
2768 | |
2769 | default: /* No repeat follows */ |
2770 | if ((length = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0) |
2771 | { |
2772 | if (length == -2) eptr = md->end_subject; /* Partial match */ |
2773 | CHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2774 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2775 | } |
2776 | eptr += length; |
2777 | continue; /* With the main loop */ |
2778 | } |
2779 | |
2780 | /* Handle repeated back references. If the length of the reference is |
2781 | zero, just continue with the main loop. If the length is negative, it |
2782 | means the reference is unset in non-Java-compatible mode. If the minimum is |
2783 | zero, we can continue at the same level without recursion. For any other |
2784 | minimum, carrying on will result in NOMATCH. */ |
2785 | |
2786 | if (length == 0) continue; |
2787 | if (length < 0 && min == 0) continue; |
2788 | |
2789 | /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. We get back |
2790 | the length of the reference string explicitly rather than passing the |
2791 | address of eptr, so that eptr can be a register variable. */ |
2792 | |
2793 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
2794 | { |
2795 | int slength; |
2796 | if ((slength = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0) |
2797 | { |
2798 | if (slength == -2) eptr = md->end_subject; /* Partial match */ |
2799 | CHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2800 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2801 | } |
2802 | eptr += slength; |
2803 | } |
2804 | |
2805 | /* If min = max, continue at the same level without recursion. |
2806 | They are not both allowed to be zero. */ |
2807 | |
2808 | if (min == max) continue; |
2809 | |
2810 | /* If minimizing, keep trying and advancing the pointer */ |
2811 | |
2812 | if (minimize) |
2813 | { |
2814 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
2815 | { |
2816 | int slength; |
2817 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM14); |
2818 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
2819 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2820 | if ((slength = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0) |
2821 | { |
2822 | if (slength == -2) eptr = md->end_subject; /* Partial match */ |
2823 | CHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2824 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2825 | } |
2826 | eptr += slength; |
2827 | } |
2828 | /* Control never gets here */ |
2829 | } |
2830 | |
2831 | /* If maximizing, find the longest string and work backwards */ |
2832 | |
2833 | else |
2834 | { |
2835 | pp = eptr; |
2836 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
2837 | { |
2838 | int slength; |
2839 | if ((slength = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0) |
2840 | { |
2841 | /* Can't use CHECK_PARTIAL because we don't want to update eptr in |
2842 | the soft partial matching case. */ |
2843 | |
2844 | if (slength == -2 && md->partial != 0 && |
2845 | md->end_subject > md->start_used_ptr) |
2846 | { |
2847 | md->hitend = TRUE; |
2848 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); |
2849 | } |
2850 | break; |
2851 | } |
2852 | eptr += slength; |
2853 | } |
2854 | |
2855 | while (eptr >= pp) |
2856 | { |
2857 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM15); |
2858 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
2859 | eptr -= length; |
2860 | } |
2861 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2862 | } |
2863 | /* Control never gets here */ |
2864 | |
2865 | /* Match a bit-mapped character class, possibly repeatedly. This op code is |
2866 | used when all the characters in the class have values in the range 0-255, |
2867 | and either the matching is caseful, or the characters are in the range |
2868 | 0-127 when UTF-8 processing is enabled. The only difference between |
2869 | OP_CLASS and OP_NCLASS occurs when a data character outside the range is |
2870 | encountered. |
2871 | |
2872 | First, look past the end of the item to see if there is repeat information |
2873 | following. Then obey similar code to character type repeats - written out |
2874 | again for speed. */ |
2875 | |
2876 | case OP_NCLASS: |
2877 | case OP_CLASS: |
2878 | { |
2879 | /* The data variable is saved across frames, so the byte map needs to |
2880 | be stored there. */ |
2881 | #define BYTE_MAP ((pcre_uint8 *)data) |
2882 | data = ecode + 1; /* Save for matching */ |
2883 | ecode += 1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); /* Advance past the item */ |
2884 | |
2885 | switch (*ecode) |
2886 | { |
2887 | case OP_CRSTAR: |
2888 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
2889 | case OP_CRPLUS: |
2890 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
2891 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
2892 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
2893 | case OP_CRPOSSTAR: |
2894 | case OP_CRPOSPLUS: |
2895 | case OP_CRPOSQUERY: |
2896 | c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR; |
2897 | if (c < OP_CRPOSSTAR - OP_CRSTAR) minimize = (c & 1) != 0; |
2898 | else possessive = TRUE; |
2899 | min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ |
2900 | max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ |
2901 | if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; |
2902 | break; |
2903 | |
2904 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
2905 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
2906 | case OP_CRPOSRANGE: |
2907 | minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE); |
2908 | possessive = (*ecode == OP_CRPOSRANGE); |
2909 | min = GET2(ecode, 1); |
2910 | max = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); |
2911 | if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; |
2912 | ecode += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; |
2913 | break; |
2914 | |
2915 | default: /* No repeat follows */ |
2916 | min = max = 1; |
2917 | break; |
2918 | } |
2919 | |
2920 | /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. */ |
2921 | |
2922 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
2923 | if (utf) |
2924 | { |
2925 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
2926 | { |
2927 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2928 | { |
2929 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2930 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2931 | } |
2932 | GETCHARINC(c, eptr); |
2933 | if (c > 255) |
2934 | { |
2935 | if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2936 | } |
2937 | else |
2938 | if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2939 | } |
2940 | } |
2941 | else |
2942 | #endif |
2943 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
2944 | { |
2945 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
2946 | { |
2947 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2948 | { |
2949 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2950 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2951 | } |
2952 | c = *eptr++; |
2953 | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
2954 | if (c > 255) |
2955 | { |
2956 | if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2957 | } |
2958 | else |
2959 | #endif |
2960 | if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2961 | } |
2962 | } |
2963 | |
2964 | /* If max == min we can continue with the main loop without the |
2965 | need to recurse. */ |
2966 | |
2967 | if (min == max) continue; |
2968 | |
2969 | /* If minimizing, keep testing the rest of the expression and advancing |
2970 | the pointer while it matches the class. */ |
2971 | |
2972 | if (minimize) |
2973 | { |
2974 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
2975 | if (utf) |
2976 | { |
2977 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
2978 | { |
2979 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM16); |
2980 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
2981 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2982 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
2983 | { |
2984 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
2985 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2986 | } |
2987 | GETCHARINC(c, eptr); |
2988 | if (c > 255) |
2989 | { |
2990 | if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2991 | } |
2992 | else |
2993 | if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
2994 | } |
2995 | } |
2996 | else |
2997 | #endif |
2998 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
2999 | { |
3000 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
3001 | { |
3002 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM17); |
3003 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3004 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3005 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3006 | { |
3007 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3008 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3009 | } |
3010 | c = *eptr++; |
3011 | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3012 | if (c > 255) |
3013 | { |
3014 | if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3015 | } |
3016 | else |
3017 | #endif |
3018 | if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3019 | } |
3020 | } |
3021 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3022 | } |
3023 | |
3024 | /* If maximizing, find the longest possible run, then work backwards. */ |
3025 | |
3026 | else |
3027 | { |
3028 | pp = eptr; |
3029 | |
3030 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3031 | if (utf) |
3032 | { |
3033 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
3034 | { |
3035 | int len = 1; |
3036 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3037 | { |
3038 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3039 | break; |
3040 | } |
3041 | GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); |
3042 | if (c > 255) |
3043 | { |
3044 | if (op == OP_CLASS) break; |
3045 | } |
3046 | else |
3047 | if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) break; |
3048 | eptr += len; |
3049 | } |
3050 | |
3051 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
3052 | |
3053 | for (;;) |
3054 | { |
3055 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM18); |
3056 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3057 | if (eptr-- <= pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */ |
3058 | BACKCHAR(eptr); |
3059 | } |
3060 | } |
3061 | else |
3062 | #endif |
3063 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
3064 | { |
3065 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
3066 | { |
3067 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3068 | { |
3069 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3070 | break; |
3071 | } |
3072 | c = *eptr; |
3073 | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3074 | if (c > 255) |
3075 | { |
3076 | if (op == OP_CLASS) break; |
3077 | } |
3078 | else |
3079 | #endif |
3080 | if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) break; |
3081 | eptr++; |
3082 | } |
3083 | |
3084 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
3085 | |
3086 | while (eptr >= pp) |
3087 | { |
3088 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM19); |
3089 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3090 | eptr--; |
3091 | } |
3092 | } |
3093 | |
3094 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3095 | } |
3096 | #undef BYTE_MAP |
3097 | } |
3098 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3099 | |
3100 | |
3101 | /* Match an extended character class. In the 8-bit library, this opcode is |
3102 | encountered only when UTF-8 mode mode is supported. In the 16-bit and |
3103 | 32-bit libraries, codepoints greater than 255 may be encountered even when |
3104 | UTF is not supported. */ |
3105 | |
3106 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3107 | case OP_XCLASS: |
3108 | { |
3109 | data = ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Save for matching */ |
3110 | ecode += GET(ecode, 1); /* Advance past the item */ |
3111 | |
3112 | switch (*ecode) |
3113 | { |
3114 | case OP_CRSTAR: |
3115 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
3116 | case OP_CRPLUS: |
3117 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
3118 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
3119 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
3120 | case OP_CRPOSSTAR: |
3121 | case OP_CRPOSPLUS: |
3122 | case OP_CRPOSQUERY: |
3123 | c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR; |
3124 | if (c < OP_CRPOSSTAR - OP_CRSTAR) minimize = (c & 1) != 0; |
3125 | else possessive = TRUE; |
3126 | min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ |
3127 | max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ |
3128 | if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; |
3129 | break; |
3130 | |
3131 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
3132 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
3133 | case OP_CRPOSRANGE: |
3134 | minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE); |
3135 | possessive = (*ecode == OP_CRPOSRANGE); |
3136 | min = GET2(ecode, 1); |
3137 | max = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); |
3138 | if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; |
3139 | ecode += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; |
3140 | break; |
3141 | |
3142 | default: /* No repeat follows */ |
3143 | min = max = 1; |
3144 | break; |
3145 | } |
3146 | |
3147 | /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. */ |
3148 | |
3149 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
3150 | { |
3151 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3152 | { |
3153 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3154 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3155 | } |
3156 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
3157 | if (!PRIV(xclass)(c, data, utf)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3158 | } |
3159 | |
3160 | /* If max == min we can continue with the main loop without the |
3161 | need to recurse. */ |
3162 | |
3163 | if (min == max) continue; |
3164 | |
3165 | /* If minimizing, keep testing the rest of the expression and advancing |
3166 | the pointer while it matches the class. */ |
3167 | |
3168 | if (minimize) |
3169 | { |
3170 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
3171 | { |
3172 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM20); |
3173 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3174 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3175 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3176 | { |
3177 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3178 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3179 | } |
3180 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
3181 | if (!PRIV(xclass)(c, data, utf)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3182 | } |
3183 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3184 | } |
3185 | |
3186 | /* If maximizing, find the longest possible run, then work backwards. */ |
3187 | |
3188 | else |
3189 | { |
3190 | pp = eptr; |
3191 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
3192 | { |
3193 | int len = 1; |
3194 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3195 | { |
3196 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3197 | break; |
3198 | } |
3199 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3200 | GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); |
3201 | #else |
3202 | c = *eptr; |
3203 | #endif |
3204 | if (!PRIV(xclass)(c, data, utf)) break; |
3205 | eptr += len; |
3206 | } |
3207 | |
3208 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
3209 | |
3210 | for(;;) |
3211 | { |
3212 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM21); |
3213 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3214 | if (eptr-- <= pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */ |
3215 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3216 | if (utf) BACKCHAR(eptr); |
3217 | #endif |
3218 | } |
3219 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3220 | } |
3221 | |
3222 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3223 | } |
3224 | #endif /* End of XCLASS */ |
3225 | |
3226 | /* Match a single character, casefully */ |
3227 | |
3228 | case OP_CHAR: |
3229 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3230 | if (utf) |
3231 | { |
3232 | length = 1; |
3233 | ecode++; |
3234 | GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length); |
3235 | if (length > md->end_subject - eptr) |
3236 | { |
3237 | CHECK_PARTIAL(); /* Not SCHECK_PARTIAL() */ |
3238 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3239 | } |
3240 | while (length-- > 0) if (*ecode++ != UCHAR21INC(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3241 | } |
3242 | else |
3243 | #endif |
3244 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
3245 | { |
3246 | if (md->end_subject - eptr < 1) |
3247 | { |
3248 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); /* This one can use SCHECK_PARTIAL() */ |
3249 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3250 | } |
3251 | if (ecode[1] != *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3252 | ecode += 2; |
3253 | } |
3254 | break; |
3255 | |
3256 | /* Match a single character, caselessly. If we are at the end of the |
3257 | subject, give up immediately. */ |
3258 | |
3259 | case OP_CHARI: |
3260 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3261 | { |
3262 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3263 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3264 | } |
3265 | |
3266 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3267 | if (utf) |
3268 | { |
3269 | length = 1; |
3270 | ecode++; |
3271 | GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length); |
3272 | |
3273 | /* If the pattern character's value is < 128, we have only one byte, and |
3274 | we know that its other case must also be one byte long, so we can use the |
3275 | fast lookup table. We know that there is at least one byte left in the |
3276 | subject. */ |
3277 | |
3278 | if (fc < 128) |
3279 | { |
3280 | pcre_uint32 cc = UCHAR21(eptr); |
3281 | if (md->lcc[fc] != TABLE_GET(cc, md->lcc, cc)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3282 | ecode++; |
3283 | eptr++; |
3284 | } |
3285 | |
3286 | /* Otherwise we must pick up the subject character. Note that we cannot |
3287 | use the value of "length" to check for sufficient bytes left, because the |
3288 | other case of the character may have more or fewer bytes. */ |
3289 | |
3290 | else |
3291 | { |
3292 | pcre_uint32 dc; |
3293 | GETCHARINC(dc, eptr); |
3294 | ecode += length; |
3295 | |
3296 | /* If we have Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other |
3297 | case of the character, if there is one. */ |
3298 | |
3299 | if (fc != dc) |
3300 | { |
3301 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3302 | if (dc != UCD_OTHERCASE(fc)) |
3303 | #endif |
3304 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3305 | } |
3306 | } |
3307 | } |
3308 | else |
3309 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
3310 | |
3311 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
3312 | { |
3313 | if (TABLE_GET(ecode[1], md->lcc, ecode[1]) |
3314 | != TABLE_GET(*eptr, md->lcc, *eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3315 | eptr++; |
3316 | ecode += 2; |
3317 | } |
3318 | break; |
3319 | |
3320 | /* Match a single character repeatedly. */ |
3321 | |
3322 | case OP_EXACT: |
3323 | case OP_EXACTI: |
3324 | min = max = GET2(ecode, 1); |
3325 | ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; |
3326 | goto REPEATCHAR; |
3327 | |
3328 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
3329 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
3330 | possessive = TRUE; |
3331 | /* Fall through */ |
3332 | |
3333 | case OP_UPTO: |
3334 | case OP_UPTOI: |
3335 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
3336 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
3337 | min = 0; |
3338 | max = GET2(ecode, 1); |
3339 | minimize = *ecode == OP_MINUPTO || *ecode == OP_MINUPTOI; |
3340 | ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; |
3341 | goto REPEATCHAR; |
3342 | |
3343 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
3344 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
3345 | possessive = TRUE; |
3346 | min = 0; |
3347 | max = INT_MAX; |
3348 | ecode++; |
3349 | goto REPEATCHAR; |
3350 | |
3351 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
3352 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
3353 | possessive = TRUE; |
3354 | min = 1; |
3355 | max = INT_MAX; |
3356 | ecode++; |
3357 | goto REPEATCHAR; |
3358 | |
3359 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
3360 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
3361 | possessive = TRUE; |
3362 | min = 0; |
3363 | max = 1; |
3364 | ecode++; |
3365 | goto REPEATCHAR; |
3366 | |
3367 | case OP_STAR: |
3368 | case OP_STARI: |
3369 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
3370 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
3371 | case OP_PLUS: |
3372 | case OP_PLUSI: |
3373 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
3374 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
3375 | case OP_QUERY: |
3376 | case OP_QUERYI: |
3377 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
3378 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
3379 | c = *ecode++ - ((op < OP_STARI)? OP_STAR : OP_STARI); |
3380 | minimize = (c & 1) != 0; |
3381 | min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ |
3382 | max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ |
3383 | if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; |
3384 | |
3385 | /* Common code for all repeated single-character matches. We first check |
3386 | for the minimum number of characters. If the minimum equals the maximum, we |
3387 | are done. Otherwise, if minimizing, check the rest of the pattern for a |
3388 | match; if there isn't one, advance up to the maximum, one character at a |
3389 | time. |
3390 | |
3391 | If maximizing, advance up to the maximum number of matching characters, |
3392 | until eptr is past the end of the maximum run. If possessive, we are |
3393 | then done (no backing up). Otherwise, match at this position; anything |
3394 | other than no match is immediately returned. For nomatch, back up one |
3395 | character, unless we are matching \R and the last thing matched was |
3396 | \r\n, in which case, back up two bytes. When we reach the first optional |
3397 | character position, we can save stack by doing a tail recurse. |
3398 | |
3399 | The various UTF/non-UTF and caseful/caseless cases are handled separately, |
3400 | for speed. */ |
3401 | |
3402 | REPEATCHAR: |
3403 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3404 | if (utf) |
3405 | { |
3406 | length = 1; |
3407 | charptr = ecode; |
3408 | GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length); |
3409 | ecode += length; |
3410 | |
3411 | /* Handle multibyte character matching specially here. There is |
3412 | support for caseless matching if UCP support is present. */ |
3413 | |
3414 | if (length > 1) |
3415 | { |
3416 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3417 | pcre_uint32 othercase; |
3418 | if (op >= OP_STARI && /* Caseless */ |
3419 | (othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(fc)) != fc) |
3420 | oclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(othercase, occhars); |
3421 | else oclength = 0; |
3422 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
3423 | |
3424 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
3425 | { |
3426 | if (eptr <= md->end_subject - length && |
3427 | memcmp(eptr, charptr, IN_UCHARS(length)) == 0) eptr += length; |
3428 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3429 | else if (oclength > 0 && |
3430 | eptr <= md->end_subject - oclength && |
3431 | memcmp(eptr, occhars, IN_UCHARS(oclength)) == 0) eptr += oclength; |
3432 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
3433 | else |
3434 | { |
3435 | CHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3436 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3437 | } |
3438 | } |
3439 | |
3440 | if (min == max) continue; |
3441 | |
3442 | if (minimize) |
3443 | { |
3444 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
3445 | { |
3446 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM22); |
3447 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3448 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3449 | if (eptr <= md->end_subject - length && |
3450 | memcmp(eptr, charptr, IN_UCHARS(length)) == 0) eptr += length; |
3451 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3452 | else if (oclength > 0 && |
3453 | eptr <= md->end_subject - oclength && |
3454 | memcmp(eptr, occhars, IN_UCHARS(oclength)) == 0) eptr += oclength; |
3455 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
3456 | else |
3457 | { |
3458 | CHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3459 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3460 | } |
3461 | } |
3462 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3463 | } |
3464 | |
3465 | else /* Maximize */ |
3466 | { |
3467 | pp = eptr; |
3468 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
3469 | { |
3470 | if (eptr <= md->end_subject - length && |
3471 | memcmp(eptr, charptr, IN_UCHARS(length)) == 0) eptr += length; |
3472 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3473 | else if (oclength > 0 && |
3474 | eptr <= md->end_subject - oclength && |
3475 | memcmp(eptr, occhars, IN_UCHARS(oclength)) == 0) eptr += oclength; |
3476 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
3477 | else |
3478 | { |
3479 | CHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3480 | break; |
3481 | } |
3482 | } |
3483 | |
3484 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
3485 | for(;;) |
3486 | { |
3487 | if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
3488 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM23); |
3489 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3490 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3491 | eptr--; |
3492 | BACKCHAR(eptr); |
3493 | #else /* without SUPPORT_UCP */ |
3494 | eptr -= length; |
3495 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
3496 | } |
3497 | } |
3498 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3499 | } |
3500 | |
3501 | /* If the length of a UTF-8 character is 1, we fall through here, and |
3502 | obey the code as for non-UTF-8 characters below, though in this case the |
3503 | value of fc will always be < 128. */ |
3504 | } |
3505 | else |
3506 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
3507 | /* When not in UTF-8 mode, load a single-byte character. */ |
3508 | fc = *ecode++; |
3509 | |
3510 | /* The value of fc at this point is always one character, though we may |
3511 | or may not be in UTF mode. The code is duplicated for the caseless and |
3512 | caseful cases, for speed, since matching characters is likely to be quite |
3513 | common. First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. If min = |
3514 | max, continue at the same level without recursing. Otherwise, if |
3515 | minimizing, keep trying the rest of the expression and advancing one |
3516 | matching character if failing, up to the maximum. Alternatively, if |
3517 | maximizing, find the maximum number of characters and work backwards. */ |
3518 | |
3519 | DPRINTF(("matching %c{%d,%d} against subject %.*s\n" , fc, min, max, |
3520 | max, (char *)eptr)); |
3521 | |
3522 | if (op >= OP_STARI) /* Caseless */ |
3523 | { |
3524 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3525 | /* fc must be < 128 if UTF is enabled. */ |
3526 | foc = md->fcc[fc]; |
3527 | #else |
3528 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3529 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3530 | if (utf && fc > 127) |
3531 | foc = UCD_OTHERCASE(fc); |
3532 | #else |
3533 | if (utf && fc > 127) |
3534 | foc = fc; |
3535 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
3536 | else |
3537 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
3538 | foc = TABLE_GET(fc, md->fcc, fc); |
3539 | #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ |
3540 | |
3541 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
3542 | { |
3543 | pcre_uint32 cc; /* Faster than pcre_uchar */ |
3544 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3545 | { |
3546 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3547 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3548 | } |
3549 | cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr); |
3550 | if (fc != cc && foc != cc) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3551 | eptr++; |
3552 | } |
3553 | if (min == max) continue; |
3554 | if (minimize) |
3555 | { |
3556 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
3557 | { |
3558 | pcre_uint32 cc; /* Faster than pcre_uchar */ |
3559 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM24); |
3560 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3561 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3562 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3563 | { |
3564 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3565 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3566 | } |
3567 | cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr); |
3568 | if (fc != cc && foc != cc) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3569 | eptr++; |
3570 | } |
3571 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3572 | } |
3573 | else /* Maximize */ |
3574 | { |
3575 | pp = eptr; |
3576 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
3577 | { |
3578 | pcre_uint32 cc; /* Faster than pcre_uchar */ |
3579 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3580 | { |
3581 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3582 | break; |
3583 | } |
3584 | cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr); |
3585 | if (fc != cc && foc != cc) break; |
3586 | eptr++; |
3587 | } |
3588 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
3589 | for (;;) |
3590 | { |
3591 | if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
3592 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM25); |
3593 | eptr--; |
3594 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3595 | } |
3596 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3597 | } |
3598 | } |
3599 | |
3600 | /* Caseful comparisons (includes all multi-byte characters) */ |
3601 | |
3602 | else |
3603 | { |
3604 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
3605 | { |
3606 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3607 | { |
3608 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3609 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3610 | } |
3611 | if (fc != UCHAR21INCTEST(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3612 | } |
3613 | |
3614 | if (min == max) continue; |
3615 | |
3616 | if (minimize) |
3617 | { |
3618 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
3619 | { |
3620 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM26); |
3621 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3622 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3623 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3624 | { |
3625 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3626 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3627 | } |
3628 | if (fc != UCHAR21INCTEST(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3629 | } |
3630 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3631 | } |
3632 | else /* Maximize */ |
3633 | { |
3634 | pp = eptr; |
3635 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
3636 | { |
3637 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3638 | { |
3639 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3640 | break; |
3641 | } |
3642 | if (fc != UCHAR21TEST(eptr)) break; |
3643 | eptr++; |
3644 | } |
3645 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
3646 | for (;;) |
3647 | { |
3648 | if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
3649 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM27); |
3650 | eptr--; |
3651 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3652 | } |
3653 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3654 | } |
3655 | } |
3656 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3657 | |
3658 | /* Match a negated single one-byte character. The character we are |
3659 | checking can be multibyte. */ |
3660 | |
3661 | case OP_NOT: |
3662 | case OP_NOTI: |
3663 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3664 | { |
3665 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3666 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3667 | } |
3668 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3669 | if (utf) |
3670 | { |
3671 | register pcre_uint32 ch, och; |
3672 | |
3673 | ecode++; |
3674 | GETCHARINC(ch, ecode); |
3675 | GETCHARINC(c, eptr); |
3676 | |
3677 | if (op == OP_NOT) |
3678 | { |
3679 | if (ch == c) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3680 | } |
3681 | else |
3682 | { |
3683 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3684 | if (ch > 127) |
3685 | och = UCD_OTHERCASE(ch); |
3686 | #else |
3687 | if (ch > 127) |
3688 | och = ch; |
3689 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
3690 | else |
3691 | och = TABLE_GET(ch, md->fcc, ch); |
3692 | if (ch == c || och == c) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3693 | } |
3694 | } |
3695 | else |
3696 | #endif |
3697 | { |
3698 | register pcre_uint32 ch = ecode[1]; |
3699 | c = *eptr++; |
3700 | if (ch == c || (op == OP_NOTI && TABLE_GET(ch, md->fcc, ch) == c)) |
3701 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3702 | ecode += 2; |
3703 | } |
3704 | break; |
3705 | |
3706 | /* Match a negated single one-byte character repeatedly. This is almost a |
3707 | repeat of the code for a repeated single character, but I haven't found a |
3708 | nice way of commoning these up that doesn't require a test of the |
3709 | positive/negative option for each character match. Maybe that wouldn't add |
3710 | very much to the time taken, but character matching *is* what this is all |
3711 | about... */ |
3712 | |
3713 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
3714 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
3715 | min = max = GET2(ecode, 1); |
3716 | ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; |
3717 | goto REPEATNOTCHAR; |
3718 | |
3719 | case OP_NOTUPTO: |
3720 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
3721 | case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
3722 | case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
3723 | min = 0; |
3724 | max = GET2(ecode, 1); |
3725 | minimize = *ecode == OP_NOTMINUPTO || *ecode == OP_NOTMINUPTOI; |
3726 | ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; |
3727 | goto REPEATNOTCHAR; |
3728 | |
3729 | case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
3730 | case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
3731 | possessive = TRUE; |
3732 | min = 0; |
3733 | max = INT_MAX; |
3734 | ecode++; |
3735 | goto REPEATNOTCHAR; |
3736 | |
3737 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
3738 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
3739 | possessive = TRUE; |
3740 | min = 1; |
3741 | max = INT_MAX; |
3742 | ecode++; |
3743 | goto REPEATNOTCHAR; |
3744 | |
3745 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
3746 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
3747 | possessive = TRUE; |
3748 | min = 0; |
3749 | max = 1; |
3750 | ecode++; |
3751 | goto REPEATNOTCHAR; |
3752 | |
3753 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
3754 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
3755 | possessive = TRUE; |
3756 | min = 0; |
3757 | max = GET2(ecode, 1); |
3758 | ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; |
3759 | goto REPEATNOTCHAR; |
3760 | |
3761 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
3762 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
3763 | case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
3764 | case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
3765 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
3766 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
3767 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
3768 | case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
3769 | case OP_NOTQUERY: |
3770 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
3771 | case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
3772 | case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
3773 | c = *ecode++ - ((op >= OP_NOTSTARI)? OP_NOTSTARI: OP_NOTSTAR); |
3774 | minimize = (c & 1) != 0; |
3775 | min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ |
3776 | max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ |
3777 | if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; |
3778 | |
3779 | /* Common code for all repeated single-byte matches. */ |
3780 | |
3781 | REPEATNOTCHAR: |
3782 | GETCHARINCTEST(fc, ecode); |
3783 | |
3784 | /* The code is duplicated for the caseless and caseful cases, for speed, |
3785 | since matching characters is likely to be quite common. First, ensure the |
3786 | minimum number of matches are present. If min = max, continue at the same |
3787 | level without recursing. Otherwise, if minimizing, keep trying the rest of |
3788 | the expression and advancing one matching character if failing, up to the |
3789 | maximum. Alternatively, if maximizing, find the maximum number of |
3790 | characters and work backwards. */ |
3791 | |
3792 | DPRINTF(("negative matching %c{%d,%d} against subject %.*s\n" , fc, min, max, |
3793 | max, (char *)eptr)); |
3794 | |
3795 | if (op >= OP_NOTSTARI) /* Caseless */ |
3796 | { |
3797 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3798 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3799 | if (utf && fc > 127) |
3800 | foc = UCD_OTHERCASE(fc); |
3801 | #else |
3802 | if (utf && fc > 127) |
3803 | foc = fc; |
3804 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
3805 | else |
3806 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
3807 | foc = TABLE_GET(fc, md->fcc, fc); |
3808 | |
3809 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3810 | if (utf) |
3811 | { |
3812 | register pcre_uint32 d; |
3813 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
3814 | { |
3815 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3816 | { |
3817 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3818 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3819 | } |
3820 | GETCHARINC(d, eptr); |
3821 | if (fc == d || (unsigned int)foc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3822 | } |
3823 | } |
3824 | else |
3825 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
3826 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
3827 | { |
3828 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
3829 | { |
3830 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3831 | { |
3832 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3833 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3834 | } |
3835 | if (fc == *eptr || foc == *eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3836 | eptr++; |
3837 | } |
3838 | } |
3839 | |
3840 | if (min == max) continue; |
3841 | |
3842 | if (minimize) |
3843 | { |
3844 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3845 | if (utf) |
3846 | { |
3847 | register pcre_uint32 d; |
3848 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
3849 | { |
3850 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM28); |
3851 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3852 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3853 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3854 | { |
3855 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3856 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3857 | } |
3858 | GETCHARINC(d, eptr); |
3859 | if (fc == d || (unsigned int)foc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3860 | } |
3861 | } |
3862 | else |
3863 | #endif /*SUPPORT_UTF */ |
3864 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
3865 | { |
3866 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
3867 | { |
3868 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM29); |
3869 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3870 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3871 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3872 | { |
3873 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3874 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3875 | } |
3876 | if (fc == *eptr || foc == *eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3877 | eptr++; |
3878 | } |
3879 | } |
3880 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3881 | } |
3882 | |
3883 | /* Maximize case */ |
3884 | |
3885 | else |
3886 | { |
3887 | pp = eptr; |
3888 | |
3889 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3890 | if (utf) |
3891 | { |
3892 | register pcre_uint32 d; |
3893 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
3894 | { |
3895 | int len = 1; |
3896 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3897 | { |
3898 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3899 | break; |
3900 | } |
3901 | GETCHARLEN(d, eptr, len); |
3902 | if (fc == d || (unsigned int)foc == d) break; |
3903 | eptr += len; |
3904 | } |
3905 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
3906 | for(;;) |
3907 | { |
3908 | if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
3909 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM30); |
3910 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3911 | eptr--; |
3912 | BACKCHAR(eptr); |
3913 | } |
3914 | } |
3915 | else |
3916 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
3917 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
3918 | { |
3919 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
3920 | { |
3921 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3922 | { |
3923 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3924 | break; |
3925 | } |
3926 | if (fc == *eptr || foc == *eptr) break; |
3927 | eptr++; |
3928 | } |
3929 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
3930 | for (;;) |
3931 | { |
3932 | if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
3933 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM31); |
3934 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3935 | eptr--; |
3936 | } |
3937 | } |
3938 | /* Control never gets here */ |
3939 | } |
3940 | } |
3941 | |
3942 | /* Caseful comparisons */ |
3943 | |
3944 | else |
3945 | { |
3946 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3947 | if (utf) |
3948 | { |
3949 | register pcre_uint32 d; |
3950 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
3951 | { |
3952 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3953 | { |
3954 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3955 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3956 | } |
3957 | GETCHARINC(d, eptr); |
3958 | if (fc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3959 | } |
3960 | } |
3961 | else |
3962 | #endif |
3963 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
3964 | { |
3965 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
3966 | { |
3967 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3968 | { |
3969 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3970 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3971 | } |
3972 | if (fc == *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3973 | } |
3974 | } |
3975 | |
3976 | if (min == max) continue; |
3977 | |
3978 | if (minimize) |
3979 | { |
3980 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3981 | if (utf) |
3982 | { |
3983 | register pcre_uint32 d; |
3984 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
3985 | { |
3986 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM32); |
3987 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
3988 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3989 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
3990 | { |
3991 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
3992 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3993 | } |
3994 | GETCHARINC(d, eptr); |
3995 | if (fc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
3996 | } |
3997 | } |
3998 | else |
3999 | #endif |
4000 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
4001 | { |
4002 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
4003 | { |
4004 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM33); |
4005 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
4006 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4007 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4008 | { |
4009 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4010 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4011 | } |
4012 | if (fc == *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4013 | } |
4014 | } |
4015 | /* Control never gets here */ |
4016 | } |
4017 | |
4018 | /* Maximize case */ |
4019 | |
4020 | else |
4021 | { |
4022 | pp = eptr; |
4023 | |
4024 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4025 | if (utf) |
4026 | { |
4027 | register pcre_uint32 d; |
4028 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
4029 | { |
4030 | int len = 1; |
4031 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4032 | { |
4033 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4034 | break; |
4035 | } |
4036 | GETCHARLEN(d, eptr, len); |
4037 | if (fc == d) break; |
4038 | eptr += len; |
4039 | } |
4040 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
4041 | for(;;) |
4042 | { |
4043 | if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
4044 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM34); |
4045 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
4046 | eptr--; |
4047 | BACKCHAR(eptr); |
4048 | } |
4049 | } |
4050 | else |
4051 | #endif |
4052 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
4053 | { |
4054 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
4055 | { |
4056 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4057 | { |
4058 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4059 | break; |
4060 | } |
4061 | if (fc == *eptr) break; |
4062 | eptr++; |
4063 | } |
4064 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
4065 | for (;;) |
4066 | { |
4067 | if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
4068 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM35); |
4069 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
4070 | eptr--; |
4071 | } |
4072 | } |
4073 | /* Control never gets here */ |
4074 | } |
4075 | } |
4076 | /* Control never gets here */ |
4077 | |
4078 | /* Match a single character type repeatedly; several different opcodes |
4079 | share code. This is very similar to the code for single characters, but we |
4080 | repeat it in the interests of efficiency. */ |
4081 | |
4082 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
4083 | min = max = GET2(ecode, 1); |
4084 | minimize = TRUE; |
4085 | ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; |
4086 | goto REPEATTYPE; |
4087 | |
4088 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
4089 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
4090 | min = 0; |
4091 | max = GET2(ecode, 1); |
4092 | minimize = *ecode == OP_TYPEMINUPTO; |
4093 | ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; |
4094 | goto REPEATTYPE; |
4095 | |
4096 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
4097 | possessive = TRUE; |
4098 | min = 0; |
4099 | max = INT_MAX; |
4100 | ecode++; |
4101 | goto REPEATTYPE; |
4102 | |
4103 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
4104 | possessive = TRUE; |
4105 | min = 1; |
4106 | max = INT_MAX; |
4107 | ecode++; |
4108 | goto REPEATTYPE; |
4109 | |
4110 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
4111 | possessive = TRUE; |
4112 | min = 0; |
4113 | max = 1; |
4114 | ecode++; |
4115 | goto REPEATTYPE; |
4116 | |
4117 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
4118 | possessive = TRUE; |
4119 | min = 0; |
4120 | max = GET2(ecode, 1); |
4121 | ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; |
4122 | goto REPEATTYPE; |
4123 | |
4124 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
4125 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
4126 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
4127 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
4128 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
4129 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
4130 | c = *ecode++ - OP_TYPESTAR; |
4131 | minimize = (c & 1) != 0; |
4132 | min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ |
4133 | max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ |
4134 | if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; |
4135 | |
4136 | /* Common code for all repeated single character type matches. Note that |
4137 | in UTF-8 mode, '.' matches a character of any length, but for the other |
4138 | character types, the valid characters are all one-byte long. */ |
4139 | |
4140 | REPEATTYPE: |
4141 | ctype = *ecode++; /* Code for the character type */ |
4142 | |
4143 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4144 | if (ctype == OP_PROP || ctype == OP_NOTPROP) |
4145 | { |
4146 | prop_fail_result = ctype == OP_NOTPROP; |
4147 | prop_type = *ecode++; |
4148 | prop_value = *ecode++; |
4149 | } |
4150 | else prop_type = -1; |
4151 | #endif |
4152 | |
4153 | /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. Use inline |
4154 | code for maximizing the speed, and do the type test once at the start |
4155 | (i.e. keep it out of the loop). Separate the UTF-8 code completely as that |
4156 | is tidier. Also separate the UCP code, which can be the same for both UTF-8 |
4157 | and single-bytes. */ |
4158 | |
4159 | if (min > 0) |
4160 | { |
4161 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4162 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
4163 | { |
4164 | switch(prop_type) |
4165 | { |
4166 | case PT_ANY: |
4167 | if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4168 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4169 | { |
4170 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4171 | { |
4172 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4173 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4174 | } |
4175 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4176 | } |
4177 | break; |
4178 | |
4179 | case PT_LAMP: |
4180 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4181 | { |
4182 | int chartype; |
4183 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4184 | { |
4185 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4186 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4187 | } |
4188 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4189 | chartype = UCD_CHARTYPE(c); |
4190 | if ((chartype == ucp_Lu || |
4191 | chartype == ucp_Ll || |
4192 | chartype == ucp_Lt) == prop_fail_result) |
4193 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4194 | } |
4195 | break; |
4196 | |
4197 | case PT_GC: |
4198 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4199 | { |
4200 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4201 | { |
4202 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4203 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4204 | } |
4205 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4206 | if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) |
4207 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4208 | } |
4209 | break; |
4210 | |
4211 | case PT_PC: |
4212 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4213 | { |
4214 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4215 | { |
4216 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4217 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4218 | } |
4219 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4220 | if ((UCD_CHARTYPE(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) |
4221 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4222 | } |
4223 | break; |
4224 | |
4225 | case PT_SC: |
4226 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4227 | { |
4228 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4229 | { |
4230 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4231 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4232 | } |
4233 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4234 | if ((UCD_SCRIPT(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) |
4235 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4236 | } |
4237 | break; |
4238 | |
4239 | case PT_ALNUM: |
4240 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4241 | { |
4242 | int category; |
4243 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4244 | { |
4245 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4246 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4247 | } |
4248 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4249 | category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); |
4250 | if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N) == prop_fail_result) |
4251 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4252 | } |
4253 | break; |
4254 | |
4255 | /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, |
4256 | which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE |
4257 | was changed at release 8.34. */ |
4258 | |
4259 | case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ |
4260 | case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ |
4261 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4262 | { |
4263 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4264 | { |
4265 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4266 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4267 | } |
4268 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4269 | switch(c) |
4270 | { |
4271 | HSPACE_CASES: |
4272 | VSPACE_CASES: |
4273 | if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4274 | break; |
4275 | |
4276 | default: |
4277 | if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == ucp_Z) == prop_fail_result) |
4278 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4279 | break; |
4280 | } |
4281 | } |
4282 | break; |
4283 | |
4284 | case PT_WORD: |
4285 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4286 | { |
4287 | int category; |
4288 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4289 | { |
4290 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4291 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4292 | } |
4293 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4294 | category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); |
4295 | if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) |
4296 | == prop_fail_result) |
4297 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4298 | } |
4299 | break; |
4300 | |
4301 | case PT_CLIST: |
4302 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4303 | { |
4304 | const pcre_uint32 *cp; |
4305 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4306 | { |
4307 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4308 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4309 | } |
4310 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4311 | cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop_value; |
4312 | for (;;) |
4313 | { |
4314 | if (c < *cp) |
4315 | { if (prop_fail_result) break; else { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } |
4316 | if (c == *cp++) |
4317 | { if (prop_fail_result) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else break; } |
4318 | } |
4319 | } |
4320 | break; |
4321 | |
4322 | case PT_UCNC: |
4323 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4324 | { |
4325 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4326 | { |
4327 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4328 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4329 | } |
4330 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4331 | if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || |
4332 | c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || |
4333 | c >= 0xe000) == prop_fail_result) |
4334 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4335 | } |
4336 | break; |
4337 | |
4338 | /* This should not occur */ |
4339 | |
4340 | default: |
4341 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); |
4342 | } |
4343 | } |
4344 | |
4345 | /* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the |
4346 | support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */ |
4347 | |
4348 | else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI) |
4349 | { |
4350 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4351 | { |
4352 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4353 | { |
4354 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4355 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4356 | } |
4357 | else |
4358 | { |
4359 | int lgb, rgb; |
4360 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4361 | lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); |
4362 | while (eptr < md->end_subject) |
4363 | { |
4364 | int len = 1; |
4365 | if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); } |
4366 | rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); |
4367 | if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; |
4368 | lgb = rgb; |
4369 | eptr += len; |
4370 | } |
4371 | } |
4372 | CHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4373 | } |
4374 | } |
4375 | |
4376 | else |
4377 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
4378 | |
4379 | /* Handle all other cases when the coding is UTF-8 */ |
4380 | |
4381 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4382 | if (utf) switch(ctype) |
4383 | { |
4384 | case OP_ANY: |
4385 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4386 | { |
4387 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4388 | { |
4389 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4390 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4391 | } |
4392 | if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4393 | if (md->partial != 0 && |
4394 | eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && |
4395 | NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && |
4396 | NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && |
4397 | UCHAR21(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) |
4398 | { |
4399 | md->hitend = TRUE; |
4400 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); |
4401 | } |
4402 | eptr++; |
4403 | ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); |
4404 | } |
4405 | break; |
4406 | |
4407 | case OP_ALLANY: |
4408 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4409 | { |
4410 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4411 | { |
4412 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4413 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4414 | } |
4415 | eptr++; |
4416 | ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); |
4417 | } |
4418 | break; |
4419 | |
4420 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
4421 | if (eptr > md->end_subject - min) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4422 | eptr += min; |
4423 | break; |
4424 | |
4425 | case OP_ANYNL: |
4426 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4427 | { |
4428 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4429 | { |
4430 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4431 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4432 | } |
4433 | GETCHARINC(c, eptr); |
4434 | switch(c) |
4435 | { |
4436 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4437 | |
4438 | case CHAR_CR: |
4439 | if (eptr < md->end_subject && UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++; |
4440 | break; |
4441 | |
4442 | case CHAR_LF: |
4443 | break; |
4444 | |
4445 | case CHAR_VT: |
4446 | case CHAR_FF: |
4447 | case CHAR_NEL: |
4448 | #ifndef EBCDIC |
4449 | case 0x2028: |
4450 | case 0x2029: |
4451 | #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ |
4452 | if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4453 | break; |
4454 | } |
4455 | } |
4456 | break; |
4457 | |
4458 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
4459 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4460 | { |
4461 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4462 | { |
4463 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4464 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4465 | } |
4466 | GETCHARINC(c, eptr); |
4467 | switch(c) |
4468 | { |
4469 | HSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Byte and multibyte cases */ |
4470 | default: break; |
4471 | } |
4472 | } |
4473 | break; |
4474 | |
4475 | case OP_HSPACE: |
4476 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4477 | { |
4478 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4479 | { |
4480 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4481 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4482 | } |
4483 | GETCHARINC(c, eptr); |
4484 | switch(c) |
4485 | { |
4486 | HSPACE_CASES: break; /* Byte and multibyte cases */ |
4487 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4488 | } |
4489 | } |
4490 | break; |
4491 | |
4492 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
4493 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4494 | { |
4495 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4496 | { |
4497 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4498 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4499 | } |
4500 | GETCHARINC(c, eptr); |
4501 | switch(c) |
4502 | { |
4503 | VSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4504 | default: break; |
4505 | } |
4506 | } |
4507 | break; |
4508 | |
4509 | case OP_VSPACE: |
4510 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4511 | { |
4512 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4513 | { |
4514 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4515 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4516 | } |
4517 | GETCHARINC(c, eptr); |
4518 | switch(c) |
4519 | { |
4520 | VSPACE_CASES: break; |
4521 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4522 | } |
4523 | } |
4524 | break; |
4525 | |
4526 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
4527 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4528 | { |
4529 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4530 | { |
4531 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4532 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4533 | } |
4534 | GETCHARINC(c, eptr); |
4535 | if (c < 128 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) |
4536 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4537 | } |
4538 | break; |
4539 | |
4540 | case OP_DIGIT: |
4541 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4542 | { |
4543 | pcre_uint32 cc; |
4544 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4545 | { |
4546 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4547 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4548 | } |
4549 | cc = UCHAR21(eptr); |
4550 | if (cc >= 128 || (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_digit) == 0) |
4551 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4552 | eptr++; |
4553 | /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */ |
4554 | } |
4555 | break; |
4556 | |
4557 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
4558 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4559 | { |
4560 | pcre_uint32 cc; |
4561 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4562 | { |
4563 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4564 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4565 | } |
4566 | cc = UCHAR21(eptr); |
4567 | if (cc < 128 && (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_space) != 0) |
4568 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4569 | eptr++; |
4570 | ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); |
4571 | } |
4572 | break; |
4573 | |
4574 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
4575 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4576 | { |
4577 | pcre_uint32 cc; |
4578 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4579 | { |
4580 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4581 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4582 | } |
4583 | cc = UCHAR21(eptr); |
4584 | if (cc >= 128 || (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_space) == 0) |
4585 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4586 | eptr++; |
4587 | /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */ |
4588 | } |
4589 | break; |
4590 | |
4591 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
4592 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4593 | { |
4594 | pcre_uint32 cc; |
4595 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4596 | { |
4597 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4598 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4599 | } |
4600 | cc = UCHAR21(eptr); |
4601 | if (cc < 128 && (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_word) != 0) |
4602 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4603 | eptr++; |
4604 | ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); |
4605 | } |
4606 | break; |
4607 | |
4608 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
4609 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4610 | { |
4611 | pcre_uint32 cc; |
4612 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4613 | { |
4614 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4615 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4616 | } |
4617 | cc = UCHAR21(eptr); |
4618 | if (cc >= 128 || (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_word) == 0) |
4619 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4620 | eptr++; |
4621 | /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */ |
4622 | } |
4623 | break; |
4624 | |
4625 | default: |
4626 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); |
4627 | } /* End switch(ctype) */ |
4628 | |
4629 | else |
4630 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
4631 | |
4632 | /* Code for the non-UTF-8 case for minimum matching of operators other |
4633 | than OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP. */ |
4634 | |
4635 | switch(ctype) |
4636 | { |
4637 | case OP_ANY: |
4638 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4639 | { |
4640 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4641 | { |
4642 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4643 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4644 | } |
4645 | if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4646 | if (md->partial != 0 && |
4647 | eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && |
4648 | NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && |
4649 | NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && |
4650 | *eptr == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) |
4651 | { |
4652 | md->hitend = TRUE; |
4653 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); |
4654 | } |
4655 | eptr++; |
4656 | } |
4657 | break; |
4658 | |
4659 | case OP_ALLANY: |
4660 | if (eptr > md->end_subject - min) |
4661 | { |
4662 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4663 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4664 | } |
4665 | eptr += min; |
4666 | break; |
4667 | |
4668 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
4669 | if (eptr > md->end_subject - min) |
4670 | { |
4671 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4672 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4673 | } |
4674 | eptr += min; |
4675 | break; |
4676 | |
4677 | case OP_ANYNL: |
4678 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4679 | { |
4680 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4681 | { |
4682 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4683 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4684 | } |
4685 | switch(*eptr++) |
4686 | { |
4687 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4688 | |
4689 | case CHAR_CR: |
4690 | if (eptr < md->end_subject && *eptr == CHAR_LF) eptr++; |
4691 | break; |
4692 | |
4693 | case CHAR_LF: |
4694 | break; |
4695 | |
4696 | case CHAR_VT: |
4697 | case CHAR_FF: |
4698 | case CHAR_NEL: |
4699 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
4700 | case 0x2028: |
4701 | case 0x2029: |
4702 | #endif |
4703 | if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4704 | break; |
4705 | } |
4706 | } |
4707 | break; |
4708 | |
4709 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
4710 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4711 | { |
4712 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4713 | { |
4714 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4715 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4716 | } |
4717 | switch(*eptr++) |
4718 | { |
4719 | default: break; |
4720 | HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
4721 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
4722 | HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
4723 | #endif |
4724 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4725 | } |
4726 | } |
4727 | break; |
4728 | |
4729 | case OP_HSPACE: |
4730 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4731 | { |
4732 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4733 | { |
4734 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4735 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4736 | } |
4737 | switch(*eptr++) |
4738 | { |
4739 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4740 | HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
4741 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
4742 | HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
4743 | #endif |
4744 | break; |
4745 | } |
4746 | } |
4747 | break; |
4748 | |
4749 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
4750 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4751 | { |
4752 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4753 | { |
4754 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4755 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4756 | } |
4757 | switch(*eptr++) |
4758 | { |
4759 | VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
4760 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
4761 | VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
4762 | #endif |
4763 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4764 | default: break; |
4765 | } |
4766 | } |
4767 | break; |
4768 | |
4769 | case OP_VSPACE: |
4770 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4771 | { |
4772 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4773 | { |
4774 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4775 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4776 | } |
4777 | switch(*eptr++) |
4778 | { |
4779 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4780 | VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
4781 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
4782 | VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
4783 | #endif |
4784 | break; |
4785 | } |
4786 | } |
4787 | break; |
4788 | |
4789 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
4790 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4791 | { |
4792 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4793 | { |
4794 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4795 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4796 | } |
4797 | if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) != 0) |
4798 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4799 | eptr++; |
4800 | } |
4801 | break; |
4802 | |
4803 | case OP_DIGIT: |
4804 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4805 | { |
4806 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4807 | { |
4808 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4809 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4810 | } |
4811 | if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) == 0) |
4812 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4813 | eptr++; |
4814 | } |
4815 | break; |
4816 | |
4817 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
4818 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4819 | { |
4820 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4821 | { |
4822 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4823 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4824 | } |
4825 | if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) != 0) |
4826 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4827 | eptr++; |
4828 | } |
4829 | break; |
4830 | |
4831 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
4832 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4833 | { |
4834 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4835 | { |
4836 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4837 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4838 | } |
4839 | if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) == 0) |
4840 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4841 | eptr++; |
4842 | } |
4843 | break; |
4844 | |
4845 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
4846 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4847 | { |
4848 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4849 | { |
4850 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4851 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4852 | } |
4853 | if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0) |
4854 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4855 | eptr++; |
4856 | } |
4857 | break; |
4858 | |
4859 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
4860 | for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) |
4861 | { |
4862 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4863 | { |
4864 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4865 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4866 | } |
4867 | if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) == 0) |
4868 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4869 | eptr++; |
4870 | } |
4871 | break; |
4872 | |
4873 | default: |
4874 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); |
4875 | } |
4876 | } |
4877 | |
4878 | /* If min = max, continue at the same level without recursing */ |
4879 | |
4880 | if (min == max) continue; |
4881 | |
4882 | /* If minimizing, we have to test the rest of the pattern before each |
4883 | subsequent match. Again, separate the UTF-8 case for speed, and also |
4884 | separate the UCP cases. */ |
4885 | |
4886 | if (minimize) |
4887 | { |
4888 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4889 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
4890 | { |
4891 | switch(prop_type) |
4892 | { |
4893 | case PT_ANY: |
4894 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
4895 | { |
4896 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM36); |
4897 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
4898 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4899 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4900 | { |
4901 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4902 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4903 | } |
4904 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4905 | if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4906 | } |
4907 | /* Control never gets here */ |
4908 | |
4909 | case PT_LAMP: |
4910 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
4911 | { |
4912 | int chartype; |
4913 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM37); |
4914 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
4915 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4916 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4917 | { |
4918 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4919 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4920 | } |
4921 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4922 | chartype = UCD_CHARTYPE(c); |
4923 | if ((chartype == ucp_Lu || |
4924 | chartype == ucp_Ll || |
4925 | chartype == ucp_Lt) == prop_fail_result) |
4926 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4927 | } |
4928 | /* Control never gets here */ |
4929 | |
4930 | case PT_GC: |
4931 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
4932 | { |
4933 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM38); |
4934 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
4935 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4936 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4937 | { |
4938 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4939 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4940 | } |
4941 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4942 | if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) |
4943 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4944 | } |
4945 | /* Control never gets here */ |
4946 | |
4947 | case PT_PC: |
4948 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
4949 | { |
4950 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM39); |
4951 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
4952 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4953 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4954 | { |
4955 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4956 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4957 | } |
4958 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4959 | if ((UCD_CHARTYPE(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) |
4960 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4961 | } |
4962 | /* Control never gets here */ |
4963 | |
4964 | case PT_SC: |
4965 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
4966 | { |
4967 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM40); |
4968 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
4969 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4970 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4971 | { |
4972 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4973 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4974 | } |
4975 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4976 | if ((UCD_SCRIPT(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) |
4977 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4978 | } |
4979 | /* Control never gets here */ |
4980 | |
4981 | case PT_ALNUM: |
4982 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
4983 | { |
4984 | int category; |
4985 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM59); |
4986 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
4987 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4988 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
4989 | { |
4990 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
4991 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4992 | } |
4993 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
4994 | category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); |
4995 | if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N) == prop_fail_result) |
4996 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
4997 | } |
4998 | /* Control never gets here */ |
4999 | |
5000 | /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, |
5001 | which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE |
5002 | was changed at release 8.34. */ |
5003 | |
5004 | case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ |
5005 | case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ |
5006 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
5007 | { |
5008 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM61); |
5009 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
5010 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5011 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5012 | { |
5013 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5014 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5015 | } |
5016 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
5017 | switch(c) |
5018 | { |
5019 | HSPACE_CASES: |
5020 | VSPACE_CASES: |
5021 | if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5022 | break; |
5023 | |
5024 | default: |
5025 | if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == ucp_Z) == prop_fail_result) |
5026 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5027 | break; |
5028 | } |
5029 | } |
5030 | /* Control never gets here */ |
5031 | |
5032 | case PT_WORD: |
5033 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
5034 | { |
5035 | int category; |
5036 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM62); |
5037 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
5038 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5039 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5040 | { |
5041 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5042 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5043 | } |
5044 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
5045 | category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); |
5046 | if ((category == ucp_L || |
5047 | category == ucp_N || |
5048 | c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) |
5049 | == prop_fail_result) |
5050 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5051 | } |
5052 | /* Control never gets here */ |
5053 | |
5054 | case PT_CLIST: |
5055 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
5056 | { |
5057 | const pcre_uint32 *cp; |
5058 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM67); |
5059 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
5060 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5061 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5062 | { |
5063 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5064 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5065 | } |
5066 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
5067 | cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop_value; |
5068 | for (;;) |
5069 | { |
5070 | if (c < *cp) |
5071 | { if (prop_fail_result) break; else { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } |
5072 | if (c == *cp++) |
5073 | { if (prop_fail_result) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else break; } |
5074 | } |
5075 | } |
5076 | /* Control never gets here */ |
5077 | |
5078 | case PT_UCNC: |
5079 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
5080 | { |
5081 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM60); |
5082 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
5083 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5084 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5085 | { |
5086 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5087 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5088 | } |
5089 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
5090 | if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || |
5091 | c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || |
5092 | c >= 0xe000) == prop_fail_result) |
5093 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5094 | } |
5095 | /* Control never gets here */ |
5096 | |
5097 | /* This should never occur */ |
5098 | default: |
5099 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); |
5100 | } |
5101 | } |
5102 | |
5103 | /* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the |
5104 | support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */ |
5105 | |
5106 | else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI) |
5107 | { |
5108 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
5109 | { |
5110 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM41); |
5111 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
5112 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5113 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5114 | { |
5115 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5116 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5117 | } |
5118 | else |
5119 | { |
5120 | int lgb, rgb; |
5121 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
5122 | lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); |
5123 | while (eptr < md->end_subject) |
5124 | { |
5125 | int len = 1; |
5126 | if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); } |
5127 | rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); |
5128 | if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; |
5129 | lgb = rgb; |
5130 | eptr += len; |
5131 | } |
5132 | } |
5133 | CHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5134 | } |
5135 | } |
5136 | else |
5137 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
5138 | |
5139 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
5140 | if (utf) |
5141 | { |
5142 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
5143 | { |
5144 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM42); |
5145 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
5146 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5147 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5148 | { |
5149 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5150 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5151 | } |
5152 | if (ctype == OP_ANY && IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) |
5153 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5154 | GETCHARINC(c, eptr); |
5155 | switch(ctype) |
5156 | { |
5157 | case OP_ANY: /* This is the non-NL case */ |
5158 | if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */ |
5159 | eptr >= md->end_subject && |
5160 | NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && |
5161 | NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && |
5162 | c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) |
5163 | { |
5164 | md->hitend = TRUE; |
5165 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); |
5166 | } |
5167 | break; |
5168 | |
5169 | case OP_ALLANY: |
5170 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
5171 | break; |
5172 | |
5173 | case OP_ANYNL: |
5174 | switch(c) |
5175 | { |
5176 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5177 | case CHAR_CR: |
5178 | if (eptr < md->end_subject && UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++; |
5179 | break; |
5180 | |
5181 | case CHAR_LF: |
5182 | break; |
5183 | |
5184 | case CHAR_VT: |
5185 | case CHAR_FF: |
5186 | case CHAR_NEL: |
5187 | #ifndef EBCDIC |
5188 | case 0x2028: |
5189 | case 0x2029: |
5190 | #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ |
5191 | if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5192 | break; |
5193 | } |
5194 | break; |
5195 | |
5196 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
5197 | switch(c) |
5198 | { |
5199 | HSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5200 | default: break; |
5201 | } |
5202 | break; |
5203 | |
5204 | case OP_HSPACE: |
5205 | switch(c) |
5206 | { |
5207 | HSPACE_CASES: break; |
5208 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5209 | } |
5210 | break; |
5211 | |
5212 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
5213 | switch(c) |
5214 | { |
5215 | VSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5216 | default: break; |
5217 | } |
5218 | break; |
5219 | |
5220 | case OP_VSPACE: |
5221 | switch(c) |
5222 | { |
5223 | VSPACE_CASES: break; |
5224 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5225 | } |
5226 | break; |
5227 | |
5228 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
5229 | if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) |
5230 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5231 | break; |
5232 | |
5233 | case OP_DIGIT: |
5234 | if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) |
5235 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5236 | break; |
5237 | |
5238 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
5239 | if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) |
5240 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5241 | break; |
5242 | |
5243 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
5244 | if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) |
5245 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5246 | break; |
5247 | |
5248 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
5249 | if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) |
5250 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5251 | break; |
5252 | |
5253 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
5254 | if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) |
5255 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5256 | break; |
5257 | |
5258 | default: |
5259 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); |
5260 | } |
5261 | } |
5262 | } |
5263 | else |
5264 | #endif |
5265 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
5266 | { |
5267 | for (fi = min;; fi++) |
5268 | { |
5269 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM43); |
5270 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
5271 | if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5272 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5273 | { |
5274 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5275 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5276 | } |
5277 | if (ctype == OP_ANY && IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) |
5278 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5279 | c = *eptr++; |
5280 | switch(ctype) |
5281 | { |
5282 | case OP_ANY: /* This is the non-NL case */ |
5283 | if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */ |
5284 | eptr >= md->end_subject && |
5285 | NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && |
5286 | NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && |
5287 | c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) |
5288 | { |
5289 | md->hitend = TRUE; |
5290 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); |
5291 | } |
5292 | break; |
5293 | |
5294 | case OP_ALLANY: |
5295 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
5296 | break; |
5297 | |
5298 | case OP_ANYNL: |
5299 | switch(c) |
5300 | { |
5301 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5302 | case CHAR_CR: |
5303 | if (eptr < md->end_subject && *eptr == CHAR_LF) eptr++; |
5304 | break; |
5305 | |
5306 | case CHAR_LF: |
5307 | break; |
5308 | |
5309 | case CHAR_VT: |
5310 | case CHAR_FF: |
5311 | case CHAR_NEL: |
5312 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
5313 | case 0x2028: |
5314 | case 0x2029: |
5315 | #endif |
5316 | if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5317 | break; |
5318 | } |
5319 | break; |
5320 | |
5321 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
5322 | switch(c) |
5323 | { |
5324 | default: break; |
5325 | HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
5326 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
5327 | HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
5328 | #endif |
5329 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5330 | } |
5331 | break; |
5332 | |
5333 | case OP_HSPACE: |
5334 | switch(c) |
5335 | { |
5336 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5337 | HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
5338 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
5339 | HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
5340 | #endif |
5341 | break; |
5342 | } |
5343 | break; |
5344 | |
5345 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
5346 | switch(c) |
5347 | { |
5348 | default: break; |
5349 | VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
5350 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
5351 | VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
5352 | #endif |
5353 | RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5354 | } |
5355 | break; |
5356 | |
5357 | case OP_VSPACE: |
5358 | switch(c) |
5359 | { |
5360 | default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5361 | VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
5362 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
5363 | VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
5364 | #endif |
5365 | break; |
5366 | } |
5367 | break; |
5368 | |
5369 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
5370 | if (MAX_255(c) && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5371 | break; |
5372 | |
5373 | case OP_DIGIT: |
5374 | if (!MAX_255(c) || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5375 | break; |
5376 | |
5377 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
5378 | if (MAX_255(c) && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5379 | break; |
5380 | |
5381 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
5382 | if (!MAX_255(c) || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5383 | break; |
5384 | |
5385 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
5386 | if (MAX_255(c) && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5387 | break; |
5388 | |
5389 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
5390 | if (!MAX_255(c) || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); |
5391 | break; |
5392 | |
5393 | default: |
5394 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); |
5395 | } |
5396 | } |
5397 | } |
5398 | /* Control never gets here */ |
5399 | } |
5400 | |
5401 | /* If maximizing, it is worth using inline code for speed, doing the type |
5402 | test once at the start (i.e. keep it out of the loop). Again, keep the |
5403 | UTF-8 and UCP stuff separate. */ |
5404 | |
5405 | else |
5406 | { |
5407 | pp = eptr; /* Remember where we started */ |
5408 | |
5409 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
5410 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
5411 | { |
5412 | switch(prop_type) |
5413 | { |
5414 | case PT_ANY: |
5415 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5416 | { |
5417 | int len = 1; |
5418 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5419 | { |
5420 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5421 | break; |
5422 | } |
5423 | GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); |
5424 | if (prop_fail_result) break; |
5425 | eptr+= len; |
5426 | } |
5427 | break; |
5428 | |
5429 | case PT_LAMP: |
5430 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5431 | { |
5432 | int chartype; |
5433 | int len = 1; |
5434 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5435 | { |
5436 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5437 | break; |
5438 | } |
5439 | GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); |
5440 | chartype = UCD_CHARTYPE(c); |
5441 | if ((chartype == ucp_Lu || |
5442 | chartype == ucp_Ll || |
5443 | chartype == ucp_Lt) == prop_fail_result) |
5444 | break; |
5445 | eptr+= len; |
5446 | } |
5447 | break; |
5448 | |
5449 | case PT_GC: |
5450 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5451 | { |
5452 | int len = 1; |
5453 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5454 | { |
5455 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5456 | break; |
5457 | } |
5458 | GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); |
5459 | if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) break; |
5460 | eptr+= len; |
5461 | } |
5462 | break; |
5463 | |
5464 | case PT_PC: |
5465 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5466 | { |
5467 | int len = 1; |
5468 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5469 | { |
5470 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5471 | break; |
5472 | } |
5473 | GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); |
5474 | if ((UCD_CHARTYPE(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) break; |
5475 | eptr+= len; |
5476 | } |
5477 | break; |
5478 | |
5479 | case PT_SC: |
5480 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5481 | { |
5482 | int len = 1; |
5483 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5484 | { |
5485 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5486 | break; |
5487 | } |
5488 | GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); |
5489 | if ((UCD_SCRIPT(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) break; |
5490 | eptr+= len; |
5491 | } |
5492 | break; |
5493 | |
5494 | case PT_ALNUM: |
5495 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5496 | { |
5497 | int category; |
5498 | int len = 1; |
5499 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5500 | { |
5501 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5502 | break; |
5503 | } |
5504 | GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); |
5505 | category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); |
5506 | if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N) == prop_fail_result) |
5507 | break; |
5508 | eptr+= len; |
5509 | } |
5510 | break; |
5511 | |
5512 | /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, |
5513 | which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE |
5514 | was changed at release 8.34. */ |
5515 | |
5516 | case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ |
5517 | case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ |
5518 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5519 | { |
5520 | int len = 1; |
5521 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5522 | { |
5523 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5524 | break; |
5525 | } |
5526 | GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); |
5527 | switch(c) |
5528 | { |
5529 | HSPACE_CASES: |
5530 | VSPACE_CASES: |
5531 | if (prop_fail_result) goto ENDLOOP99; /* Break the loop */ |
5532 | break; |
5533 | |
5534 | default: |
5535 | if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == ucp_Z) == prop_fail_result) |
5536 | goto ENDLOOP99; /* Break the loop */ |
5537 | break; |
5538 | } |
5539 | eptr+= len; |
5540 | } |
5541 | ENDLOOP99: |
5542 | break; |
5543 | |
5544 | case PT_WORD: |
5545 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5546 | { |
5547 | int category; |
5548 | int len = 1; |
5549 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5550 | { |
5551 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5552 | break; |
5553 | } |
5554 | GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); |
5555 | category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); |
5556 | if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N || |
5557 | c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == prop_fail_result) |
5558 | break; |
5559 | eptr+= len; |
5560 | } |
5561 | break; |
5562 | |
5563 | case PT_CLIST: |
5564 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5565 | { |
5566 | const pcre_uint32 *cp; |
5567 | int len = 1; |
5568 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5569 | { |
5570 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5571 | break; |
5572 | } |
5573 | GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); |
5574 | cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop_value; |
5575 | for (;;) |
5576 | { |
5577 | if (c < *cp) |
5578 | { if (prop_fail_result) break; else goto GOT_MAX; } |
5579 | if (c == *cp++) |
5580 | { if (prop_fail_result) goto GOT_MAX; else break; } |
5581 | } |
5582 | eptr += len; |
5583 | } |
5584 | GOT_MAX: |
5585 | break; |
5586 | |
5587 | case PT_UCNC: |
5588 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5589 | { |
5590 | int len = 1; |
5591 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5592 | { |
5593 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5594 | break; |
5595 | } |
5596 | GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); |
5597 | if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || |
5598 | c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || |
5599 | c >= 0xe000) == prop_fail_result) |
5600 | break; |
5601 | eptr += len; |
5602 | } |
5603 | break; |
5604 | |
5605 | default: |
5606 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); |
5607 | } |
5608 | |
5609 | /* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */ |
5610 | |
5611 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
5612 | for(;;) |
5613 | { |
5614 | if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
5615 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM44); |
5616 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
5617 | eptr--; |
5618 | if (utf) BACKCHAR(eptr); |
5619 | } |
5620 | } |
5621 | |
5622 | /* Match extended Unicode grapheme clusters. We will get here only if the |
5623 | support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */ |
5624 | |
5625 | else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI) |
5626 | { |
5627 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5628 | { |
5629 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5630 | { |
5631 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5632 | break; |
5633 | } |
5634 | else |
5635 | { |
5636 | int lgb, rgb; |
5637 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); |
5638 | lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); |
5639 | while (eptr < md->end_subject) |
5640 | { |
5641 | int len = 1; |
5642 | if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); } |
5643 | rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); |
5644 | if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; |
5645 | lgb = rgb; |
5646 | eptr += len; |
5647 | } |
5648 | } |
5649 | CHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5650 | } |
5651 | |
5652 | /* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */ |
5653 | |
5654 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
5655 | |
5656 | /* We use <= pp rather than == pp to detect the start of the run while |
5657 | backtracking because the use of \C in UTF mode can cause BACKCHAR to |
5658 | move back past pp. This is just palliative; the use of \C in UTF mode |
5659 | is fraught with danger. */ |
5660 | |
5661 | for(;;) |
5662 | { |
5663 | int lgb, rgb; |
5664 | PCRE_PUCHAR fptr; |
5665 | |
5666 | if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; /* At start of char run */ |
5667 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM45); |
5668 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
5669 | |
5670 | /* Backtracking over an extended grapheme cluster involves inspecting |
5671 | the previous two characters (if present) to see if a break is |
5672 | permitted between them. */ |
5673 | |
5674 | eptr--; |
5675 | if (!utf) c = *eptr; else |
5676 | { |
5677 | BACKCHAR(eptr); |
5678 | GETCHAR(c, eptr); |
5679 | } |
5680 | rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); |
5681 | |
5682 | for (;;) |
5683 | { |
5684 | if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; /* At start of char run */ |
5685 | fptr = eptr - 1; |
5686 | if (!utf) c = *fptr; else |
5687 | { |
5688 | BACKCHAR(fptr); |
5689 | GETCHAR(c, fptr); |
5690 | } |
5691 | lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); |
5692 | if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; |
5693 | eptr = fptr; |
5694 | rgb = lgb; |
5695 | } |
5696 | } |
5697 | } |
5698 | |
5699 | else |
5700 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
5701 | |
5702 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
5703 | if (utf) |
5704 | { |
5705 | switch(ctype) |
5706 | { |
5707 | case OP_ANY: |
5708 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5709 | { |
5710 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5711 | { |
5712 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5713 | break; |
5714 | } |
5715 | if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) break; |
5716 | if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */ |
5717 | eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && |
5718 | NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && |
5719 | NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && |
5720 | UCHAR21(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) |
5721 | { |
5722 | md->hitend = TRUE; |
5723 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); |
5724 | } |
5725 | eptr++; |
5726 | ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); |
5727 | } |
5728 | break; |
5729 | |
5730 | case OP_ALLANY: |
5731 | if (max < INT_MAX) |
5732 | { |
5733 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5734 | { |
5735 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5736 | { |
5737 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5738 | break; |
5739 | } |
5740 | eptr++; |
5741 | ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); |
5742 | } |
5743 | } |
5744 | else |
5745 | { |
5746 | eptr = md->end_subject; /* Unlimited UTF-8 repeat */ |
5747 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5748 | } |
5749 | break; |
5750 | |
5751 | /* The byte case is the same as non-UTF8 */ |
5752 | |
5753 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
5754 | c = max - min; |
5755 | if (c > (unsigned int)(md->end_subject - eptr)) |
5756 | { |
5757 | eptr = md->end_subject; |
5758 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5759 | } |
5760 | else eptr += c; |
5761 | break; |
5762 | |
5763 | case OP_ANYNL: |
5764 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5765 | { |
5766 | int len = 1; |
5767 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5768 | { |
5769 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5770 | break; |
5771 | } |
5772 | GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); |
5773 | if (c == CHAR_CR) |
5774 | { |
5775 | if (++eptr >= md->end_subject) break; |
5776 | if (UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++; |
5777 | } |
5778 | else |
5779 | { |
5780 | if (c != CHAR_LF && |
5781 | (md->bsr_anycrlf || |
5782 | (c != CHAR_VT && c != CHAR_FF && c != CHAR_NEL |
5783 | #ifndef EBCDIC |
5784 | && c != 0x2028 && c != 0x2029 |
5785 | #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ |
5786 | ))) |
5787 | break; |
5788 | eptr += len; |
5789 | } |
5790 | } |
5791 | break; |
5792 | |
5793 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
5794 | case OP_HSPACE: |
5795 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5796 | { |
5797 | BOOL gotspace; |
5798 | int len = 1; |
5799 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5800 | { |
5801 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5802 | break; |
5803 | } |
5804 | GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); |
5805 | switch(c) |
5806 | { |
5807 | HSPACE_CASES: gotspace = TRUE; break; |
5808 | default: gotspace = FALSE; break; |
5809 | } |
5810 | if (gotspace == (ctype == OP_NOT_HSPACE)) break; |
5811 | eptr += len; |
5812 | } |
5813 | break; |
5814 | |
5815 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
5816 | case OP_VSPACE: |
5817 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5818 | { |
5819 | BOOL gotspace; |
5820 | int len = 1; |
5821 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5822 | { |
5823 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5824 | break; |
5825 | } |
5826 | GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); |
5827 | switch(c) |
5828 | { |
5829 | VSPACE_CASES: gotspace = TRUE; break; |
5830 | default: gotspace = FALSE; break; |
5831 | } |
5832 | if (gotspace == (ctype == OP_NOT_VSPACE)) break; |
5833 | eptr += len; |
5834 | } |
5835 | break; |
5836 | |
5837 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
5838 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5839 | { |
5840 | int len = 1; |
5841 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5842 | { |
5843 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5844 | break; |
5845 | } |
5846 | GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); |
5847 | if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) break; |
5848 | eptr+= len; |
5849 | } |
5850 | break; |
5851 | |
5852 | case OP_DIGIT: |
5853 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5854 | { |
5855 | int len = 1; |
5856 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5857 | { |
5858 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5859 | break; |
5860 | } |
5861 | GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); |
5862 | if (c >= 256 ||(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) break; |
5863 | eptr+= len; |
5864 | } |
5865 | break; |
5866 | |
5867 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
5868 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5869 | { |
5870 | int len = 1; |
5871 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5872 | { |
5873 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5874 | break; |
5875 | } |
5876 | GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); |
5877 | if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) break; |
5878 | eptr+= len; |
5879 | } |
5880 | break; |
5881 | |
5882 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
5883 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5884 | { |
5885 | int len = 1; |
5886 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5887 | { |
5888 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5889 | break; |
5890 | } |
5891 | GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); |
5892 | if (c >= 256 ||(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) break; |
5893 | eptr+= len; |
5894 | } |
5895 | break; |
5896 | |
5897 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
5898 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5899 | { |
5900 | int len = 1; |
5901 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5902 | { |
5903 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5904 | break; |
5905 | } |
5906 | GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); |
5907 | if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) break; |
5908 | eptr+= len; |
5909 | } |
5910 | break; |
5911 | |
5912 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
5913 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5914 | { |
5915 | int len = 1; |
5916 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5917 | { |
5918 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5919 | break; |
5920 | } |
5921 | GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); |
5922 | if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) break; |
5923 | eptr+= len; |
5924 | } |
5925 | break; |
5926 | |
5927 | default: |
5928 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); |
5929 | } |
5930 | |
5931 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
5932 | for(;;) |
5933 | { |
5934 | if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
5935 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM46); |
5936 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
5937 | eptr--; |
5938 | BACKCHAR(eptr); |
5939 | if (ctype == OP_ANYNL && eptr > pp && UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_NL && |
5940 | UCHAR21(eptr - 1) == CHAR_CR) eptr--; |
5941 | } |
5942 | } |
5943 | else |
5944 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
5945 | /* Not UTF mode */ |
5946 | { |
5947 | switch(ctype) |
5948 | { |
5949 | case OP_ANY: |
5950 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5951 | { |
5952 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5953 | { |
5954 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5955 | break; |
5956 | } |
5957 | if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) break; |
5958 | if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */ |
5959 | eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && |
5960 | NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && |
5961 | NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && |
5962 | *eptr == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) |
5963 | { |
5964 | md->hitend = TRUE; |
5965 | if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); |
5966 | } |
5967 | eptr++; |
5968 | } |
5969 | break; |
5970 | |
5971 | case OP_ALLANY: |
5972 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
5973 | c = max - min; |
5974 | if (c > (unsigned int)(md->end_subject - eptr)) |
5975 | { |
5976 | eptr = md->end_subject; |
5977 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5978 | } |
5979 | else eptr += c; |
5980 | break; |
5981 | |
5982 | case OP_ANYNL: |
5983 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
5984 | { |
5985 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
5986 | { |
5987 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
5988 | break; |
5989 | } |
5990 | c = *eptr; |
5991 | if (c == CHAR_CR) |
5992 | { |
5993 | if (++eptr >= md->end_subject) break; |
5994 | if (*eptr == CHAR_LF) eptr++; |
5995 | } |
5996 | else |
5997 | { |
5998 | if (c != CHAR_LF && (md->bsr_anycrlf || |
5999 | (c != CHAR_VT && c != CHAR_FF && c != CHAR_NEL |
6000 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
6001 | && c != 0x2028 && c != 0x2029 |
6002 | #endif |
6003 | ))) break; |
6004 | eptr++; |
6005 | } |
6006 | } |
6007 | break; |
6008 | |
6009 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
6010 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
6011 | { |
6012 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
6013 | { |
6014 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
6015 | break; |
6016 | } |
6017 | switch(*eptr) |
6018 | { |
6019 | default: eptr++; break; |
6020 | HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
6021 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
6022 | HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
6023 | #endif |
6024 | goto ENDLOOP00; |
6025 | } |
6026 | } |
6027 | ENDLOOP00: |
6028 | break; |
6029 | |
6030 | case OP_HSPACE: |
6031 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
6032 | { |
6033 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
6034 | { |
6035 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
6036 | break; |
6037 | } |
6038 | switch(*eptr) |
6039 | { |
6040 | default: goto ENDLOOP01; |
6041 | HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
6042 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
6043 | HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
6044 | #endif |
6045 | eptr++; break; |
6046 | } |
6047 | } |
6048 | ENDLOOP01: |
6049 | break; |
6050 | |
6051 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
6052 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
6053 | { |
6054 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
6055 | { |
6056 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
6057 | break; |
6058 | } |
6059 | switch(*eptr) |
6060 | { |
6061 | default: eptr++; break; |
6062 | VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
6063 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
6064 | VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
6065 | #endif |
6066 | goto ENDLOOP02; |
6067 | } |
6068 | } |
6069 | ENDLOOP02: |
6070 | break; |
6071 | |
6072 | case OP_VSPACE: |
6073 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
6074 | { |
6075 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
6076 | { |
6077 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
6078 | break; |
6079 | } |
6080 | switch(*eptr) |
6081 | { |
6082 | default: goto ENDLOOP03; |
6083 | VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: |
6084 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
6085 | VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: |
6086 | #endif |
6087 | eptr++; break; |
6088 | } |
6089 | } |
6090 | ENDLOOP03: |
6091 | break; |
6092 | |
6093 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
6094 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
6095 | { |
6096 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
6097 | { |
6098 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
6099 | break; |
6100 | } |
6101 | if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) != 0) break; |
6102 | eptr++; |
6103 | } |
6104 | break; |
6105 | |
6106 | case OP_DIGIT: |
6107 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
6108 | { |
6109 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
6110 | { |
6111 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
6112 | break; |
6113 | } |
6114 | if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) == 0) break; |
6115 | eptr++; |
6116 | } |
6117 | break; |
6118 | |
6119 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
6120 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
6121 | { |
6122 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
6123 | { |
6124 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
6125 | break; |
6126 | } |
6127 | if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) != 0) break; |
6128 | eptr++; |
6129 | } |
6130 | break; |
6131 | |
6132 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
6133 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
6134 | { |
6135 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
6136 | { |
6137 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
6138 | break; |
6139 | } |
6140 | if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) == 0) break; |
6141 | eptr++; |
6142 | } |
6143 | break; |
6144 | |
6145 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
6146 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
6147 | { |
6148 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
6149 | { |
6150 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
6151 | break; |
6152 | } |
6153 | if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0) break; |
6154 | eptr++; |
6155 | } |
6156 | break; |
6157 | |
6158 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
6159 | for (i = min; i < max; i++) |
6160 | { |
6161 | if (eptr >= md->end_subject) |
6162 | { |
6163 | SCHECK_PARTIAL(); |
6164 | break; |
6165 | } |
6166 | if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) == 0) break; |
6167 | eptr++; |
6168 | } |
6169 | break; |
6170 | |
6171 | default: |
6172 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); |
6173 | } |
6174 | |
6175 | if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ |
6176 | for (;;) |
6177 | { |
6178 | if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; |
6179 | RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM47); |
6180 | if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); |
6181 | eptr--; |
6182 | if (ctype == OP_ANYNL && eptr > pp && *eptr == CHAR_LF && |
6183 | eptr[-1] == CHAR_CR) eptr--; |
6184 | } |
6185 | } |
6186 | |
6187 | /* Control never gets here */ |
6188 | } |
6189 | |
6190 | /* There's been some horrible disaster. Arrival here can only mean there is |
6191 | something seriously wrong in the code above or the OP_xxx definitions. */ |
6192 | |
6193 | default: |
6194 | DPRINTF(("Unknown opcode %d\n" , *ecode)); |
6195 | RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_OPCODE); |
6196 | } |
6197 | |
6198 | /* Do not stick any code in here without much thought; it is assumed |
6199 | that "continue" in the code above comes out to here to repeat the main |
6200 | loop. */ |
6201 | |
6202 | } /* End of main loop */ |
6203 | /* Control never reaches here */ |
6204 | |
6205 | |
6206 | /* When compiling to use the heap rather than the stack for recursive calls to |
6207 | match(), the RRETURN() macro jumps here. The number that is saved in |
6208 | frame->Xwhere indicates which label we actually want to return to. */ |
6209 | |
6210 | #ifdef NO_RECURSE |
6211 | #define LBL(val) case val: goto L_RM##val; |
6212 | HEAP_RETURN: |
6213 | switch (frame->Xwhere) |
6214 | { |
6215 | LBL( 1) LBL( 2) LBL( 3) LBL( 4) LBL( 5) LBL( 6) LBL( 7) LBL( 8) |
6216 | LBL( 9) LBL(10) LBL(11) LBL(12) LBL(13) LBL(14) LBL(15) LBL(17) |
6217 | LBL(19) LBL(24) LBL(25) LBL(26) LBL(27) LBL(29) LBL(31) LBL(33) |
6218 | LBL(35) LBL(43) LBL(47) LBL(48) LBL(49) LBL(50) LBL(51) LBL(52) |
6219 | LBL(53) LBL(54) LBL(55) LBL(56) LBL(57) LBL(58) LBL(63) LBL(64) |
6220 | LBL(65) LBL(66) |
6221 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
6222 | LBL(20) LBL(21) |
6223 | #endif |
6224 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
6225 | LBL(16) LBL(18) |
6226 | LBL(22) LBL(23) LBL(28) LBL(30) |
6227 | LBL(32) LBL(34) LBL(42) LBL(46) |
6228 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
6229 | LBL(36) LBL(37) LBL(38) LBL(39) LBL(40) LBL(41) LBL(44) LBL(45) |
6230 | LBL(59) LBL(60) LBL(61) LBL(62) LBL(67) |
6231 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
6232 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
6233 | default: |
6234 | DPRINTF(("jump error in pcre match: label %d non-existent\n" , frame->Xwhere)); |
6235 | return PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL; |
6236 | } |
6237 | #undef LBL |
6238 | #endif /* NO_RECURSE */ |
6239 | } |
6240 | |
6241 | |
6242 | /*************************************************************************** |
6243 | **************************************************************************** |
6244 | RECURSION IN THE match() FUNCTION |
6245 | |
6246 | Undefine all the macros that were defined above to handle this. */ |
6247 | |
6248 | #ifdef NO_RECURSE |
6249 | #undef eptr |
6250 | #undef ecode |
6251 | #undef mstart |
6252 | #undef offset_top |
6253 | #undef eptrb |
6254 | #undef flags |
6255 | |
6256 | #undef callpat |
6257 | #undef charptr |
6258 | #undef data |
6259 | #undef next |
6260 | #undef pp |
6261 | #undef prev |
6262 | #undef saved_eptr |
6263 | |
6264 | #undef new_recursive |
6265 | |
6266 | #undef cur_is_word |
6267 | #undef condition |
6268 | #undef prev_is_word |
6269 | |
6270 | #undef ctype |
6271 | #undef length |
6272 | #undef max |
6273 | #undef min |
6274 | #undef number |
6275 | #undef offset |
6276 | #undef op |
6277 | #undef save_capture_last |
6278 | #undef save_offset1 |
6279 | #undef save_offset2 |
6280 | #undef save_offset3 |
6281 | #undef stacksave |
6282 | |
6283 | #undef newptrb |
6284 | |
6285 | #endif |
6286 | |
6287 | /* These two are defined as macros in both cases */ |
6288 | |
6289 | #undef fc |
6290 | #undef fi |
6291 | |
6292 | /*************************************************************************** |
6293 | ***************************************************************************/ |
6294 | |
6295 | |
6296 | #ifdef NO_RECURSE |
6297 | /************************************************* |
6298 | * Release allocated heap frames * |
6299 | *************************************************/ |
6300 | |
6301 | /* This function releases all the allocated frames. The base frame is on the |
6302 | machine stack, and so must not be freed. |
6303 | |
6304 | Argument: the address of the base frame |
6305 | Returns: nothing |
6306 | */ |
6307 | |
6308 | static void |
6309 | release_match_heapframes (heapframe *frame_base) |
6310 | { |
6311 | heapframe *nextframe = frame_base->Xnextframe; |
6312 | while (nextframe != NULL) |
6313 | { |
6314 | heapframe *oldframe = nextframe; |
6315 | nextframe = nextframe->Xnextframe; |
6316 | (PUBL(stack_free))(oldframe); |
6317 | } |
6318 | } |
6319 | #endif |
6320 | |
6321 | |
6322 | /************************************************* |
6323 | * Execute a Regular Expression * |
6324 | *************************************************/ |
6325 | |
6326 | /* This function applies a compiled re to a subject string and picks out |
6327 | portions of the string if it matches. Two elements in the vector are set for |
6328 | each substring: the offsets to the start and end of the substring. |
6329 | |
6330 | Arguments: |
6331 | argument_re points to the compiled expression |
6332 | extra_data points to extra data or is NULL |
6333 | subject points to the subject string |
6334 | length length of subject string (may contain binary zeros) |
6335 | start_offset where to start in the subject string |
6336 | options option bits |
6337 | offsets points to a vector of ints to be filled in with offsets |
6338 | offsetcount the number of elements in the vector |
6339 | |
6340 | Returns: > 0 => success; value is the number of elements filled in |
6341 | = 0 => success, but offsets is not big enough |
6342 | -1 => failed to match |
6343 | < -1 => some kind of unexpected problem |
6344 | */ |
6345 | |
6346 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
6347 | PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
6348 | pcre_exec(const pcre *argument_re, const pcre_extra *, |
6349 | PCRE_SPTR subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, |
6350 | int offsetcount) |
6351 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
6352 | PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
6353 | pcre16_exec(const pcre16 *argument_re, const pcre16_extra *extra_data, |
6354 | PCRE_SPTR16 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, |
6355 | int offsetcount) |
6356 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
6357 | PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
6358 | pcre32_exec(const pcre32 *argument_re, const pcre32_extra *extra_data, |
6359 | PCRE_SPTR32 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, |
6360 | int offsetcount) |
6361 | #endif |
6362 | { |
6363 | int rc, ocount, arg_offset_max; |
6364 | int newline; |
6365 | BOOL using_temporary_offsets = FALSE; |
6366 | BOOL anchored; |
6367 | BOOL startline; |
6368 | BOOL firstline; |
6369 | BOOL utf; |
6370 | BOOL has_first_char = FALSE; |
6371 | BOOL has_req_char = FALSE; |
6372 | pcre_uchar first_char = 0; |
6373 | pcre_uchar first_char2 = 0; |
6374 | pcre_uchar req_char = 0; |
6375 | pcre_uchar req_char2 = 0; |
6376 | match_data match_block; |
6377 | match_data *md = &match_block; |
6378 | const pcre_uint8 *tables; |
6379 | const pcre_uint8 *start_bits = NULL; |
6380 | PCRE_PUCHAR start_match = (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject + start_offset; |
6381 | PCRE_PUCHAR end_subject; |
6382 | PCRE_PUCHAR start_partial = NULL; |
6383 | PCRE_PUCHAR match_partial = NULL; |
6384 | PCRE_PUCHAR req_char_ptr = start_match - 1; |
6385 | |
6386 | const pcre_study_data *study; |
6387 | const REAL_PCRE *re = (const REAL_PCRE *)argument_re; |
6388 | |
6389 | #ifdef NO_RECURSE |
6390 | heapframe frame_zero; |
6391 | frame_zero.Xprevframe = NULL; /* Marks the top level */ |
6392 | frame_zero.Xnextframe = NULL; /* None are allocated yet */ |
6393 | md->match_frames_base = &frame_zero; |
6394 | #endif |
6395 | |
6396 | /* Check for the special magic call that measures the size of the stack used |
6397 | per recursive call of match(). Without the funny casting for sizeof, a Windows |
6398 | compiler gave this error: "unary minus operator applied to unsigned type, |
6399 | result still unsigned". Hopefully the cast fixes that. */ |
6400 | |
6401 | if (re == NULL && extra_data == NULL && subject == NULL && length == -999 && |
6402 | start_offset == -999) |
6403 | #ifdef NO_RECURSE |
6404 | return -((int)sizeof(heapframe)); |
6405 | #else |
6406 | return match(NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, 0); |
6407 | #endif |
6408 | |
6409 | /* Plausibility checks */ |
6410 | |
6411 | if ((options & ~PUBLIC_EXEC_OPTIONS) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION; |
6412 | if (re == NULL || subject == NULL || (offsets == NULL && offsetcount > 0)) |
6413 | return PCRE_ERROR_NULL; |
6414 | if (offsetcount < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT; |
6415 | if (length < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADLENGTH; |
6416 | if (start_offset < 0 || start_offset > length) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOFFSET; |
6417 | |
6418 | /* Check that the first field in the block is the magic number. If it is not, |
6419 | return with PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC. However, if the magic number is equal to |
6420 | REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER we return with PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS, which |
6421 | means that the pattern is likely compiled with different endianness. */ |
6422 | |
6423 | if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER) |
6424 | return re->magic_number == REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER? |
6425 | PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS:PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC; |
6426 | if ((re->flags & PCRE_MODE) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE; |
6427 | |
6428 | /* These two settings are used in the code for checking a UTF-8 string that |
6429 | follows immediately afterwards. Other values in the md block are used only |
6430 | during "normal" pcre_exec() processing, not when the JIT support is in use, |
6431 | so they are set up later. */ |
6432 | |
6433 | /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ |
6434 | utf = md->utf = (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
6435 | md->partial = ((options & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)? 2 : |
6436 | ((options & PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT) != 0)? 1 : 0; |
6437 | |
6438 | /* Check a UTF-8 string if required. Pass back the character offset and error |
6439 | code for an invalid string if a results vector is available. */ |
6440 | |
6441 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
6442 | if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0) |
6443 | { |
6444 | int erroroffset; |
6445 | int errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((PCRE_PUCHAR)subject, length, &erroroffset); |
6446 | if (errorcode != 0) |
6447 | { |
6448 | if (offsetcount >= 2) |
6449 | { |
6450 | offsets[0] = erroroffset; |
6451 | offsets[1] = errorcode; |
6452 | } |
6453 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
6454 | return (errorcode <= PCRE_UTF8_ERR5 && md->partial > 1)? |
6455 | PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF8 : PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8; |
6456 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
6457 | return (errorcode <= PCRE_UTF16_ERR1 && md->partial > 1)? |
6458 | PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF16 : PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF16; |
6459 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
6460 | return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF32; |
6461 | #endif |
6462 | } |
6463 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
6464 | /* Check that a start_offset points to the start of a UTF character. */ |
6465 | if (start_offset > 0 && start_offset < length && |
6466 | NOT_FIRSTCHAR(((PCRE_PUCHAR)subject)[start_offset])) |
6467 | return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET; |
6468 | #endif |
6469 | } |
6470 | #endif |
6471 | |
6472 | /* If the pattern was successfully studied with JIT support, run the JIT |
6473 | executable instead of the rest of this function. Most options must be set at |
6474 | compile time for the JIT code to be usable. Fallback to the normal code path if |
6475 | an unsupported flag is set. */ |
6476 | |
6477 | #ifdef SUPPORT_JIT |
6478 | if (extra_data != NULL |
6479 | && (extra_data->flags & (PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT | |
6480 | PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES)) == PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT |
6481 | && extra_data->executable_jit != NULL |
6482 | && (options & ~PUBLIC_JIT_EXEC_OPTIONS) == 0) |
6483 | { |
6484 | rc = PRIV(jit_exec)(extra_data, (const pcre_uchar *)subject, length, |
6485 | start_offset, options, offsets, offsetcount); |
6486 | |
6487 | /* PCRE_ERROR_NULL means that the selected normal or partial matching |
6488 | mode is not compiled. In this case we simply fallback to interpreter. */ |
6489 | |
6490 | if (rc != PCRE_ERROR_JIT_BADOPTION) return rc; |
6491 | } |
6492 | #endif |
6493 | |
6494 | /* Carry on with non-JIT matching. This information is for finding all the |
6495 | numbers associated with a given name, for condition testing. */ |
6496 | |
6497 | md->name_table = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset; |
6498 | md->name_count = re->name_count; |
6499 | md->name_entry_size = re->name_entry_size; |
6500 | |
6501 | /* Fish out the optional data from the extra_data structure, first setting |
6502 | the default values. */ |
6503 | |
6504 | study = NULL; |
6505 | md->match_limit = MATCH_LIMIT; |
6506 | md->match_limit_recursion = MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION; |
6507 | md->callout_data = NULL; |
6508 | |
6509 | /* The table pointer is always in native byte order. */ |
6510 | |
6511 | tables = re->tables; |
6512 | |
6513 | /* The two limit values override the defaults, whatever their value. */ |
6514 | |
6515 | if (extra_data != NULL) |
6516 | { |
6517 | unsigned long int flags = extra_data->flags; |
6518 | if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0) |
6519 | study = (const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data; |
6520 | if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT) != 0) |
6521 | md->match_limit = extra_data->match_limit; |
6522 | if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION) != 0) |
6523 | md->match_limit_recursion = extra_data->match_limit_recursion; |
6524 | if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA) != 0) |
6525 | md->callout_data = extra_data->callout_data; |
6526 | if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES) != 0) tables = extra_data->tables; |
6527 | } |
6528 | |
6529 | /* Limits in the regex override only if they are smaller. */ |
6530 | |
6531 | if ((re->flags & PCRE_MLSET) != 0 && re->limit_match < md->match_limit) |
6532 | md->match_limit = re->limit_match; |
6533 | |
6534 | if ((re->flags & PCRE_RLSET) != 0 && |
6535 | re->limit_recursion < md->match_limit_recursion) |
6536 | md->match_limit_recursion = re->limit_recursion; |
6537 | |
6538 | /* If the exec call supplied NULL for tables, use the inbuilt ones. This |
6539 | is a feature that makes it possible to save compiled regex and re-use them |
6540 | in other programs later. */ |
6541 | |
6542 | if (tables == NULL) tables = PRIV(default_tables); |
6543 | |
6544 | /* Set up other data */ |
6545 | |
6546 | anchored = ((re->options | options) & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0; |
6547 | startline = (re->flags & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0; |
6548 | firstline = (re->options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) != 0; |
6549 | |
6550 | /* The code starts after the real_pcre block and the capture name table. */ |
6551 | |
6552 | md->start_code = (const pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset + |
6553 | re->name_count * re->name_entry_size; |
6554 | |
6555 | md->start_subject = (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject; |
6556 | md->start_offset = start_offset; |
6557 | md->end_subject = md->start_subject + length; |
6558 | end_subject = md->end_subject; |
6559 | |
6560 | md->endonly = (re->options & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) != 0; |
6561 | md->use_ucp = (re->options & PCRE_UCP) != 0; |
6562 | md->jscript_compat = (re->options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0; |
6563 | md->ignore_skip_arg = 0; |
6564 | |
6565 | /* Some options are unpacked into BOOL variables in the hope that testing |
6566 | them will be faster than individual option bits. */ |
6567 | |
6568 | md->notbol = (options & PCRE_NOTBOL) != 0; |
6569 | md->noteol = (options & PCRE_NOTEOL) != 0; |
6570 | md->notempty = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY) != 0; |
6571 | md->notempty_atstart = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART) != 0; |
6572 | |
6573 | md->hitend = FALSE; |
6574 | md->mark = md->nomatch_mark = NULL; /* In case never set */ |
6575 | |
6576 | md->recursive = NULL; /* No recursion at top level */ |
6577 | md->hasthen = (re->flags & PCRE_HASTHEN) != 0; |
6578 | |
6579 | md->lcc = tables + lcc_offset; |
6580 | md->fcc = tables + fcc_offset; |
6581 | md->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset; |
6582 | |
6583 | /* Handle different \R options. */ |
6584 | |
6585 | switch (options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) |
6586 | { |
6587 | case 0: |
6588 | if ((re->options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) != 0) |
6589 | md->bsr_anycrlf = (re->options & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0; |
6590 | else |
6591 | #ifdef BSR_ANYCRLF |
6592 | md->bsr_anycrlf = TRUE; |
6593 | #else |
6594 | md->bsr_anycrlf = FALSE; |
6595 | #endif |
6596 | break; |
6597 | |
6598 | case PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF: |
6599 | md->bsr_anycrlf = TRUE; |
6600 | break; |
6601 | |
6602 | case PCRE_BSR_UNICODE: |
6603 | md->bsr_anycrlf = FALSE; |
6604 | break; |
6605 | |
6606 | default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE; |
6607 | } |
6608 | |
6609 | /* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give eight cases. If |
6610 | nothing is set at run time, whatever was used at compile time applies. */ |
6611 | |
6612 | switch ((((options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) == 0)? re->options : |
6613 | (pcre_uint32)options) & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) |
6614 | { |
6615 | case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Compile-time default */ |
6616 | case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break; |
6617 | case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break; |
6618 | case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+ |
6619 | PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break; |
6620 | case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break; |
6621 | case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break; |
6622 | default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE; |
6623 | } |
6624 | |
6625 | if (newline == -2) |
6626 | { |
6627 | md->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF; |
6628 | } |
6629 | else if (newline < 0) |
6630 | { |
6631 | md->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY; |
6632 | } |
6633 | else |
6634 | { |
6635 | md->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED; |
6636 | if (newline > 255) |
6637 | { |
6638 | md->nllen = 2; |
6639 | md->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255; |
6640 | md->nl[1] = newline & 255; |
6641 | } |
6642 | else |
6643 | { |
6644 | md->nllen = 1; |
6645 | md->nl[0] = newline; |
6646 | } |
6647 | } |
6648 | |
6649 | /* Partial matching was originally supported only for a restricted set of |
6650 | regexes; from release 8.00 there are no restrictions, but the bits are still |
6651 | defined (though never set). So there's no harm in leaving this code. */ |
6652 | |
6653 | if (md->partial && (re->flags & PCRE_NOPARTIAL) != 0) |
6654 | return PCRE_ERROR_BADPARTIAL; |
6655 | |
6656 | /* If the expression has got more back references than the offsets supplied can |
6657 | hold, we get a temporary chunk of working store to use during the matching. |
6658 | Otherwise, we can use the vector supplied, rounding down its size to a multiple |
6659 | of 3. */ |
6660 | |
6661 | ocount = offsetcount - (offsetcount % 3); |
6662 | arg_offset_max = (2*ocount)/3; |
6663 | |
6664 | if (re->top_backref > 0 && re->top_backref >= ocount/3) |
6665 | { |
6666 | ocount = re->top_backref * 3 + 3; |
6667 | md->offset_vector = (int *)(PUBL(malloc))(ocount * sizeof(int)); |
6668 | if (md->offset_vector == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY; |
6669 | using_temporary_offsets = TRUE; |
6670 | DPRINTF(("Got memory to hold back references\n" )); |
6671 | } |
6672 | else md->offset_vector = offsets; |
6673 | md->offset_end = ocount; |
6674 | md->offset_max = (2*ocount)/3; |
6675 | md->capture_last = 0; |
6676 | |
6677 | /* Reset the working variable associated with each extraction. These should |
6678 | never be used unless previously set, but they get saved and restored, and so we |
6679 | initialize them to avoid reading uninitialized locations. Also, unset the |
6680 | offsets for the matched string. This is really just for tidiness with callouts, |
6681 | in case they inspect these fields. */ |
6682 | |
6683 | if (md->offset_vector != NULL) |
6684 | { |
6685 | register int *iptr = md->offset_vector + ocount; |
6686 | register int *iend = iptr - re->top_bracket; |
6687 | if (iend < md->offset_vector + 2) iend = md->offset_vector + 2; |
6688 | while (--iptr >= iend) *iptr = -1; |
6689 | if (offsetcount > 0) md->offset_vector[0] = -1; |
6690 | if (offsetcount > 1) md->offset_vector[1] = -1; |
6691 | } |
6692 | |
6693 | /* Set up the first character to match, if available. The first_char value is |
6694 | never set for an anchored regular expression, but the anchoring may be forced |
6695 | at run time, so we have to test for anchoring. The first char may be unset for |
6696 | an unanchored pattern, of course. If there's no first char and the pattern was |
6697 | studied, there may be a bitmap of possible first characters. */ |
6698 | |
6699 | if (!anchored) |
6700 | { |
6701 | if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0) |
6702 | { |
6703 | has_first_char = TRUE; |
6704 | first_char = first_char2 = (pcre_uchar)(re->first_char); |
6705 | if ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) != 0) |
6706 | { |
6707 | first_char2 = TABLE_GET(first_char, md->fcc, first_char); |
6708 | #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
6709 | if (utf && first_char > 127) |
6710 | first_char2 = UCD_OTHERCASE(first_char); |
6711 | #endif |
6712 | } |
6713 | } |
6714 | else |
6715 | if (!startline && study != NULL && |
6716 | (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED) != 0) |
6717 | start_bits = study->start_bits; |
6718 | } |
6719 | |
6720 | /* For anchored or unanchored matches, there may be a "last known required |
6721 | character" set. */ |
6722 | |
6723 | if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0) |
6724 | { |
6725 | has_req_char = TRUE; |
6726 | req_char = req_char2 = (pcre_uchar)(re->req_char); |
6727 | if ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) != 0) |
6728 | { |
6729 | req_char2 = TABLE_GET(req_char, md->fcc, req_char); |
6730 | #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
6731 | if (utf && req_char > 127) |
6732 | req_char2 = UCD_OTHERCASE(req_char); |
6733 | #endif |
6734 | } |
6735 | } |
6736 | |
6737 | |
6738 | /* ==========================================================================*/ |
6739 | |
6740 | /* Loop for handling unanchored repeated matching attempts; for anchored regexs |
6741 | the loop runs just once. */ |
6742 | |
6743 | for(;;) |
6744 | { |
6745 | PCRE_PUCHAR save_end_subject = end_subject; |
6746 | PCRE_PUCHAR new_start_match; |
6747 | |
6748 | /* If firstline is TRUE, the start of the match is constrained to the first |
6749 | line of a multiline string. That is, the match must be before or at the first |
6750 | newline. Implement this by temporarily adjusting end_subject so that we stop |
6751 | scanning at a newline. If the match fails at the newline, later code breaks |
6752 | this loop. */ |
6753 | |
6754 | if (firstline) |
6755 | { |
6756 | PCRE_PUCHAR t = start_match; |
6757 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
6758 | if (utf) |
6759 | { |
6760 | while (t < md->end_subject && !IS_NEWLINE(t)) |
6761 | { |
6762 | t++; |
6763 | ACROSSCHAR(t < end_subject, *t, t++); |
6764 | } |
6765 | } |
6766 | else |
6767 | #endif |
6768 | while (t < md->end_subject && !IS_NEWLINE(t)) t++; |
6769 | end_subject = t; |
6770 | } |
6771 | |
6772 | /* There are some optimizations that avoid running the match if a known |
6773 | starting point is not found, or if a known later character is not present. |
6774 | However, there is an option that disables these, for testing and for ensuring |
6775 | that all callouts do actually occur. The option can be set in the regex by |
6776 | (*NO_START_OPT) or passed in match-time options. */ |
6777 | |
6778 | if (((options | re->options) & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0) |
6779 | { |
6780 | /* Advance to a unique first char if there is one. */ |
6781 | |
6782 | if (has_first_char) |
6783 | { |
6784 | pcre_uchar smc; |
6785 | |
6786 | if (first_char != first_char2) |
6787 | while (start_match < end_subject && |
6788 | (smc = UCHAR21TEST(start_match)) != first_char && smc != first_char2) |
6789 | start_match++; |
6790 | else |
6791 | while (start_match < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(start_match) != first_char) |
6792 | start_match++; |
6793 | } |
6794 | |
6795 | /* Or to just after a linebreak for a multiline match */ |
6796 | |
6797 | else if (startline) |
6798 | { |
6799 | if (start_match > md->start_subject + start_offset) |
6800 | { |
6801 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
6802 | if (utf) |
6803 | { |
6804 | while (start_match < end_subject && !WAS_NEWLINE(start_match)) |
6805 | { |
6806 | start_match++; |
6807 | ACROSSCHAR(start_match < end_subject, *start_match, |
6808 | start_match++); |
6809 | } |
6810 | } |
6811 | else |
6812 | #endif |
6813 | while (start_match < end_subject && !WAS_NEWLINE(start_match)) |
6814 | start_match++; |
6815 | |
6816 | /* If we have just passed a CR and the newline option is ANY or ANYCRLF, |
6817 | and we are now at a LF, advance the match position by one more character. |
6818 | */ |
6819 | |
6820 | if (start_match[-1] == CHAR_CR && |
6821 | (md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY || md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) && |
6822 | start_match < end_subject && |
6823 | UCHAR21TEST(start_match) == CHAR_NL) |
6824 | start_match++; |
6825 | } |
6826 | } |
6827 | |
6828 | /* Or to a non-unique first byte after study */ |
6829 | |
6830 | else if (start_bits != NULL) |
6831 | { |
6832 | while (start_match < end_subject) |
6833 | { |
6834 | register pcre_uint32 c = UCHAR21TEST(start_match); |
6835 | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
6836 | if (c > 255) c = 255; |
6837 | #endif |
6838 | if ((start_bits[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0) break; |
6839 | start_match++; |
6840 | } |
6841 | } |
6842 | } /* Starting optimizations */ |
6843 | |
6844 | /* Restore fudged end_subject */ |
6845 | |
6846 | end_subject = save_end_subject; |
6847 | |
6848 | /* The following two optimizations are disabled for partial matching or if |
6849 | disabling is explicitly requested. */ |
6850 | |
6851 | if (((options | re->options) & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0 && !md->partial) |
6852 | { |
6853 | /* If the pattern was studied, a minimum subject length may be set. This is |
6854 | a lower bound; no actual string of that length may actually match the |
6855 | pattern. Although the value is, strictly, in characters, we treat it as |
6856 | bytes to avoid spending too much time in this optimization. */ |
6857 | |
6858 | if (study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MINLEN) != 0 && |
6859 | (pcre_uint32)(end_subject - start_match) < study->minlength) |
6860 | { |
6861 | rc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
6862 | break; |
6863 | } |
6864 | |
6865 | /* If req_char is set, we know that that character must appear in the |
6866 | subject for the match to succeed. If the first character is set, req_char |
6867 | must be later in the subject; otherwise the test starts at the match point. |
6868 | This optimization can save a huge amount of backtracking in patterns with |
6869 | nested unlimited repeats that aren't going to match. Writing separate code |
6870 | for cased/caseless versions makes it go faster, as does using an |
6871 | autoincrement and backing off on a match. |
6872 | |
6873 | HOWEVER: when the subject string is very, very long, searching to its end |
6874 | can take a long time, and give bad performance on quite ordinary patterns. |
6875 | This showed up when somebody was matching something like /^\d+C/ on a |
6876 | 32-megabyte string... so we don't do this when the string is sufficiently |
6877 | long. */ |
6878 | |
6879 | if (has_req_char && end_subject - start_match < REQ_BYTE_MAX) |
6880 | { |
6881 | register PCRE_PUCHAR p = start_match + (has_first_char? 1:0); |
6882 | |
6883 | /* We don't need to repeat the search if we haven't yet reached the |
6884 | place we found it at last time. */ |
6885 | |
6886 | if (p > req_char_ptr) |
6887 | { |
6888 | if (req_char != req_char2) |
6889 | { |
6890 | while (p < end_subject) |
6891 | { |
6892 | register pcre_uint32 pp = UCHAR21INCTEST(p); |
6893 | if (pp == req_char || pp == req_char2) { p--; break; } |
6894 | } |
6895 | } |
6896 | else |
6897 | { |
6898 | while (p < end_subject) |
6899 | { |
6900 | if (UCHAR21INCTEST(p) == req_char) { p--; break; } |
6901 | } |
6902 | } |
6903 | |
6904 | /* If we can't find the required character, break the matching loop, |
6905 | forcing a match failure. */ |
6906 | |
6907 | if (p >= end_subject) |
6908 | { |
6909 | rc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
6910 | break; |
6911 | } |
6912 | |
6913 | /* If we have found the required character, save the point where we |
6914 | found it, so that we don't search again next time round the loop if |
6915 | the start hasn't passed this character yet. */ |
6916 | |
6917 | req_char_ptr = p; |
6918 | } |
6919 | } |
6920 | } |
6921 | |
6922 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG /* Sigh. Some compilers never learn. */ |
6923 | printf(">>>> Match against: " ); |
6924 | pchars(start_match, end_subject - start_match, TRUE, md); |
6925 | printf("\n" ); |
6926 | #endif |
6927 | |
6928 | /* OK, we can now run the match. If "hitend" is set afterwards, remember the |
6929 | first starting point for which a partial match was found. */ |
6930 | |
6931 | md->start_match_ptr = start_match; |
6932 | md->start_used_ptr = start_match; |
6933 | md->match_call_count = 0; |
6934 | md->match_function_type = 0; |
6935 | md->end_offset_top = 0; |
6936 | md->skip_arg_count = 0; |
6937 | rc = match(start_match, md->start_code, start_match, 2, md, NULL, 0); |
6938 | if (md->hitend && start_partial == NULL) |
6939 | { |
6940 | start_partial = md->start_used_ptr; |
6941 | match_partial = start_match; |
6942 | } |
6943 | |
6944 | switch(rc) |
6945 | { |
6946 | /* If MATCH_SKIP_ARG reaches this level it means that a MARK that matched |
6947 | the SKIP's arg was not found. In this circumstance, Perl ignores the SKIP |
6948 | entirely. The only way we can do that is to re-do the match at the same |
6949 | point, with a flag to force SKIP with an argument to be ignored. Just |
6950 | treating this case as NOMATCH does not work because it does not check other |
6951 | alternatives in patterns such as A(*SKIP:A)B|AC when the subject is AC. */ |
6952 | |
6953 | case MATCH_SKIP_ARG: |
6954 | new_start_match = start_match; |
6955 | md->ignore_skip_arg = md->skip_arg_count; |
6956 | break; |
6957 | |
6958 | /* SKIP passes back the next starting point explicitly, but if it is no |
6959 | greater than the match we have just done, treat it as NOMATCH. */ |
6960 | |
6961 | case MATCH_SKIP: |
6962 | if (md->start_match_ptr > start_match) |
6963 | { |
6964 | new_start_match = md->start_match_ptr; |
6965 | break; |
6966 | } |
6967 | /* Fall through */ |
6968 | |
6969 | /* NOMATCH and PRUNE advance by one character. THEN at this level acts |
6970 | exactly like PRUNE. Unset ignore SKIP-with-argument. */ |
6971 | |
6972 | case MATCH_NOMATCH: |
6973 | case MATCH_PRUNE: |
6974 | case MATCH_THEN: |
6975 | md->ignore_skip_arg = 0; |
6976 | new_start_match = start_match + 1; |
6977 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
6978 | if (utf) |
6979 | ACROSSCHAR(new_start_match < end_subject, *new_start_match, |
6980 | new_start_match++); |
6981 | #endif |
6982 | break; |
6983 | |
6984 | /* COMMIT disables the bumpalong, but otherwise behaves as NOMATCH. */ |
6985 | |
6986 | case MATCH_COMMIT: |
6987 | rc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
6988 | goto ENDLOOP; |
6989 | |
6990 | /* Any other return is either a match, or some kind of error. */ |
6991 | |
6992 | default: |
6993 | goto ENDLOOP; |
6994 | } |
6995 | |
6996 | /* Control reaches here for the various types of "no match at this point" |
6997 | result. Reset the code to MATCH_NOMATCH for subsequent checking. */ |
6998 | |
6999 | rc = MATCH_NOMATCH; |
7000 | |
7001 | /* If PCRE_FIRSTLINE is set, the match must happen before or at the first |
7002 | newline in the subject (though it may continue over the newline). Therefore, |
7003 | if we have just failed to match, starting at a newline, do not continue. */ |
7004 | |
7005 | if (firstline && IS_NEWLINE(start_match)) break; |
7006 | |
7007 | /* Advance to new matching position */ |
7008 | |
7009 | start_match = new_start_match; |
7010 | |
7011 | /* Break the loop if the pattern is anchored or if we have passed the end of |
7012 | the subject. */ |
7013 | |
7014 | if (anchored || start_match > end_subject) break; |
7015 | |
7016 | /* If we have just passed a CR and we are now at a LF, and the pattern does |
7017 | not contain any explicit matches for \r or \n, and the newline option is CRLF |
7018 | or ANY or ANYCRLF, advance the match position by one more character. In |
7019 | normal matching start_match will aways be greater than the first position at |
7020 | this stage, but a failed *SKIP can cause a return at the same point, which is |
7021 | why the first test exists. */ |
7022 | |
7023 | if (start_match > (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject + start_offset && |
7024 | start_match[-1] == CHAR_CR && |
7025 | start_match < end_subject && |
7026 | *start_match == CHAR_NL && |
7027 | (re->flags & PCRE_HASCRORLF) == 0 && |
7028 | (md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY || |
7029 | md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF || |
7030 | md->nllen == 2)) |
7031 | start_match++; |
7032 | |
7033 | md->mark = NULL; /* Reset for start of next match attempt */ |
7034 | } /* End of for(;;) "bumpalong" loop */ |
7035 | |
7036 | /* ==========================================================================*/ |
7037 | |
7038 | /* We reach here when rc is not MATCH_NOMATCH, or if one of the stopping |
7039 | conditions is true: |
7040 | |
7041 | (1) The pattern is anchored or the match was failed by (*COMMIT); |
7042 | |
7043 | (2) We are past the end of the subject; |
7044 | |
7045 | (3) PCRE_FIRSTLINE is set and we have failed to match at a newline, because |
7046 | this option requests that a match occur at or before the first newline in |
7047 | the subject. |
7048 | |
7049 | When we have a match and the offset vector is big enough to deal with any |
7050 | backreferences, captured substring offsets will already be set up. In the case |
7051 | where we had to get some local store to hold offsets for backreference |
7052 | processing, copy those that we can. In this case there need not be overflow if |
7053 | certain parts of the pattern were not used, even though there are more |
7054 | capturing parentheses than vector slots. */ |
7055 | |
7056 | ENDLOOP: |
7057 | |
7058 | if (rc == MATCH_MATCH || rc == MATCH_ACCEPT) |
7059 | { |
7060 | if (using_temporary_offsets) |
7061 | { |
7062 | if (arg_offset_max >= 4) |
7063 | { |
7064 | memcpy(offsets + 2, md->offset_vector + 2, |
7065 | (arg_offset_max - 2) * sizeof(int)); |
7066 | DPRINTF(("Copied offsets from temporary memory\n" )); |
7067 | } |
7068 | if (md->end_offset_top > arg_offset_max) md->capture_last |= OVFLBIT; |
7069 | DPRINTF(("Freeing temporary memory\n" )); |
7070 | (PUBL(free))(md->offset_vector); |
7071 | } |
7072 | |
7073 | /* Set the return code to the number of captured strings, or 0 if there were |
7074 | too many to fit into the vector. */ |
7075 | |
7076 | rc = ((md->capture_last & OVFLBIT) != 0 && |
7077 | md->end_offset_top >= arg_offset_max)? |
7078 | 0 : md->end_offset_top/2; |
7079 | |
7080 | /* If there is space in the offset vector, set any unused pairs at the end of |
7081 | the pattern to -1 for backwards compatibility. It is documented that this |
7082 | happens. In earlier versions, the whole set of potential capturing offsets |
7083 | was set to -1 each time round the loop, but this is handled differently now. |
7084 | "Gaps" are set to -1 dynamically instead (this fixes a bug). Thus, it is only |
7085 | those at the end that need unsetting here. We can't just unset them all at |
7086 | the start of the whole thing because they may get set in one branch that is |
7087 | not the final matching branch. */ |
7088 | |
7089 | if (md->end_offset_top/2 <= re->top_bracket && offsets != NULL) |
7090 | { |
7091 | register int *iptr, *iend; |
7092 | int resetcount = 2 + re->top_bracket * 2; |
7093 | if (resetcount > offsetcount) resetcount = offsetcount; |
7094 | iptr = offsets + md->end_offset_top; |
7095 | iend = offsets + resetcount; |
7096 | while (iptr < iend) *iptr++ = -1; |
7097 | } |
7098 | |
7099 | /* If there is space, set up the whole thing as substring 0. The value of |
7100 | md->start_match_ptr might be modified if \K was encountered on the success |
7101 | matching path. */ |
7102 | |
7103 | if (offsetcount < 2) rc = 0; else |
7104 | { |
7105 | offsets[0] = (int)(md->start_match_ptr - md->start_subject); |
7106 | offsets[1] = (int)(md->end_match_ptr - md->start_subject); |
7107 | } |
7108 | |
7109 | /* Return MARK data if requested */ |
7110 | |
7111 | if (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MARK) != 0) |
7112 | *(extra_data->mark) = (pcre_uchar *)md->mark; |
7113 | DPRINTF((">>>> returning %d\n" , rc)); |
7114 | #ifdef NO_RECURSE |
7115 | release_match_heapframes(&frame_zero); |
7116 | #endif |
7117 | return rc; |
7118 | } |
7119 | |
7120 | /* Control gets here if there has been an error, or if the overall match |
7121 | attempt has failed at all permitted starting positions. */ |
7122 | |
7123 | if (using_temporary_offsets) |
7124 | { |
7125 | DPRINTF(("Freeing temporary memory\n" )); |
7126 | (PUBL(free))(md->offset_vector); |
7127 | } |
7128 | |
7129 | /* For anything other than nomatch or partial match, just return the code. */ |
7130 | |
7131 | if (rc != MATCH_NOMATCH && rc != PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL) |
7132 | { |
7133 | DPRINTF((">>>> error: returning %d\n" , rc)); |
7134 | #ifdef NO_RECURSE |
7135 | release_match_heapframes(&frame_zero); |
7136 | #endif |
7137 | return rc; |
7138 | } |
7139 | |
7140 | /* Handle partial matches - disable any mark data */ |
7141 | |
7142 | if (match_partial != NULL) |
7143 | { |
7144 | DPRINTF((">>>> returning PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL\n" )); |
7145 | md->mark = NULL; |
7146 | if (offsetcount > 1) |
7147 | { |
7148 | offsets[0] = (int)(start_partial - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject); |
7149 | offsets[1] = (int)(end_subject - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject); |
7150 | if (offsetcount > 2) |
7151 | offsets[2] = (int)(match_partial - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject); |
7152 | } |
7153 | rc = PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL; |
7154 | } |
7155 | |
7156 | /* This is the classic nomatch case */ |
7157 | |
7158 | else |
7159 | { |
7160 | DPRINTF((">>>> returning PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH\n" )); |
7161 | rc = PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH; |
7162 | } |
7163 | |
7164 | /* Return the MARK data if it has been requested. */ |
7165 | |
7166 | if (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MARK) != 0) |
7167 | *(extra_data->mark) = (pcre_uchar *)md->nomatch_mark; |
7168 | #ifdef NO_RECURSE |
7169 | release_match_heapframes(&frame_zero); |
7170 | #endif |
7171 | return rc; |
7172 | } |
7173 | |
7174 | /* End of pcre_exec.c */ |
7175 | |